mbk-lab
/
rui
forked from mbk-lab/rui_orig
2
0
Fork 0
Code Pull Requests Activity

Changed the type of the second argument of all Get functions to "subviewID ...string" (previously "subviewID string")

This commit is contained in:
Alexei Anoshenko 2022-08-31 22:17:46 +03:00
parent 6dad96c2a7
commit 5926a7649f
39 changed files with 1138 additions and 1212 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1
CHANGELOG.md
View File

@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
* Added GetListRowGap, GetListColumnGap, GetAccentColor, GetTabSize, GetOverflow, IsTimingFunctionValid, and GetTransitions functions * Added GetListRowGap, GetListColumnGap, GetAccentColor, GetTabSize, GetOverflow, IsTimingFunctionValid, and GetTransitions functions
* Changed GetTransition functions * Changed GetTransition functions
* Added the OpenURL function to the Session interface * Added the OpenURL function to the Session interface
* Changed the type of the second argument of all Get functions to "subviewID ...string" (previously "subviewID string")
# v0.8.0 # v0.8.0

306
README-ru.md
View File

@ -538,17 +538,17 @@ SizeUnit или имя константы (о константах ниже):
Это довольно громоздко поэтому для каждого свойства существует одноимённая глобальная функция с префиксом Get, Это довольно громоздко поэтому для каждого свойства существует одноимённая глобальная функция с префиксом Get,
которая выполняет данное приведение типа, получает значение константы, если необходимо, и которая выполняет данное приведение типа, получает значение константы, если необходимо, и
возвращает его. Все функции данного типа имеют два аргумента: View и subviewID string. возвращает его. Все функции данного типа имеют два аргумента: View и subviewID ...string.
Первый аргумент это корневой View, второй - ID дочернего View. Если ID дочернего View передать как "", Первый аргумент это корневой View, второй - ID дочернего View. Если ID дочернего View не задать или передать как "",
то возвращается значение корневого View. то возвращается значение корневого View.
Для свойств "width", "height", "min-width", "min-height", "max-width", "max-height" это функции: Для свойств "width", "height", "min-width", "min-height", "max-width", "max-height" это функции:
func GetWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetMinWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetMinWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetMinHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetMinHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetMaxWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetMaxWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetMaxHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetMaxHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
### Свойство "resize" ### Свойство "resize"
@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ SizeUnit или имя константы (о константах ниже):
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetResize(view View, subviewID string) int func GetResize(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойства "margin" и "padding" ### Свойства "margin" и "padding"
@ -608,8 +608,8 @@ BoundsProperty с помощью функции "Bounds(session Session) Bounds"
Для этого используется также могут использоваться глобальные функции: Для этого используется также могут использоваться глобальные функции:
func GetMargin(view View, subviewID string) Bounds func GetMargin(view View, subviewID ...string) Bounds
func GetPadding(view View, subviewID string) Bounds func GetPadding(view View, subviewID ...string) Bounds
Текстовое представление BoundsProperty имеет следующий вид: Текстовое представление BoundsProperty имеет следующий вид:
@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ BoundsProperty с помощью функции "Bounds(session Session) Bounds"
BorderProperty, а не структура ViewBorders. Получить структуру ViewBorders без дополнительных преобразований можно BorderProperty, а не структура ViewBorders. Получить структуру ViewBorders без дополнительных преобразований можно
с помощью глобальной функции с помощью глобальной функции
func GetBorder(view View, subviewID string) ViewBorders func GetBorder(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewBorders
Кроме вспомогательных свойств "style", "width" и "color" есть еще 4: "left", "right", "top" и "bottom". Кроме вспомогательных свойств "style", "width" и "color" есть еще 4: "left", "right", "top" и "bottom".
В качестве значения эти свойства могут принимать только структуру ViewBorder и позволяю установить все В качестве значения эти свойства могут принимать только структуру ViewBorder и позволяю установить все
@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ RadiusProperty имеет текстовое представление след
RadiusProperty, а не структура BoxRadius. Получить структуру BoxRadius без дополнительных преобразований можно RadiusProperty, а не структура BoxRadius. Получить структуру BoxRadius без дополнительных преобразований можно
с помощью глобальной функции с помощью глобальной функции
func GetRadius(view View, subviewID string) BoxRadius func GetRadius(view View, subviewID ...string) BoxRadius
Вы также можете устанавливать отдельные радиусы использую функцию Set интерфейса View. Вы также можете устанавливать отдельные радиусы использую функцию Set интерфейса View.
Для этого используются следующие свойства Для этого используются следующие свойства
@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ RadiusProperty, а не структура BoxRadius. Получить стру
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetViewShadows(view View, subviewID string) []ViewShadow func GetViewShadows(view View, subviewID ...string) []ViewShadow
Если тень не задана, то данная функция вернет пустой массив Если тень не задана, то данная функция вернет пустой массив
@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetOpacity(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetOpacity(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
### Свойство "z-index" ### Свойство "z-index"
@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetZIndex(view View, subviewID string) int func GetZIndex(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойство "visibility" ### Свойство "visibility"
@ -1258,7 +1258,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetVisibility(view View, subviewID string) int func GetVisibility(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойства "filter" и "backdrop-filter" ### Свойства "filter" и "backdrop-filter"
@ -1287,8 +1287,8 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение текущего фильтра можно с помощью функций Получить значение текущего фильтра можно с помощью функций
func GetFilter(view View, subviewID string) ViewFilter func GetFilter(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewFilter
func GetBackdropFilter(view View, subviewID string) ViewFilter func GetBackdropFilter(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewFilter
### Свойство "semantics" ### Свойство "semantics"
@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetFontName(view View, subviewID string) string func GetFontName(view View, subviewID ...string) string
#### Свойство "text-color" #### Свойство "text-color"
@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextColor(view View, subviewID string) Color func GetTextColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color
#### Свойство "text-size" #### Свойство "text-size"
@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextSize(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetTextSize(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### Свойство "italic" #### Свойство "italic"
@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func IsItalic(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsItalic(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
#### Свойство "small-caps" #### Свойство "small-caps"
@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func IsSmallCaps(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsSmallCaps(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
#### Свойство "white-space" #### Свойство "white-space"
@ -1442,9 +1442,9 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функций Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функций
func IsStrikethrough(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsStrikethrough(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func IsOverline(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsOverline(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func IsUnderline(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsUnderline(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
#### Свойство "text-line-thickness" #### Свойство "text-line-thickness"
@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
GetTextLineThickness(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit GetTextLineThickness(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### Свойство "text-line-style" #### Свойство "text-line-style"
@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextLineStyle(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextLineStyle(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### Свойство "text-line-color" #### Свойство "text-line-color"
@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextLineColor(view View, subviewID string) Color func GetTextLineColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color
#### Свойство "text-weight" #### Свойство "text-weight"
@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextWeight(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextWeight(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### Свойство "text-shadow" #### Свойство "text-shadow"
@ -1532,7 +1532,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextShadows(view View, subviewID string) []ViewShadow func GetTextShadows(view View, subviewID ...string) []ViewShadow
Если тень не задана, то данная функция вернет пустой массив Если тень не задана, то данная функция вернет пустой массив
@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### Свойство "text-indent" #### Свойство "text-indent"
@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextIndent(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetTextIndent(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### Свойство "letter-spacing" #### Свойство "letter-spacing"
@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetLetterSpacing(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetLetterSpacing(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### Свойство "word-spacing" #### Свойство "word-spacing"
@ -1577,7 +1577,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetWordSpacing(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetWordSpacing(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### Свойство "line-height" #### Свойство "line-height"
@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetLineHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetLineHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### Свойство "text-transform" #### Свойство "text-transform"
@ -1600,7 +1600,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextTransform(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextTransform(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### Свойство "text-direction" #### Свойство "text-direction"
@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTextDirection(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextDirection(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### Свойство "writing-mode" #### Свойство "writing-mode"
@ -1631,7 +1631,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetWritingMode(view View, subviewID string) int func GetWritingMode(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### Свойство "vertical-text-orientation" #### Свойство "vertical-text-orientation"
@ -1646,7 +1646,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetVerticalTextOrientation(view View, subviewID string) int func GetVerticalTextOrientation(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### Свойство "user-select" #### Свойство "user-select"
@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func IsUserSelect(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsUserSelect(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
### Свойства трансформации ### Свойства трансформации
@ -1681,7 +1681,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetPerspective(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetPerspective(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### Свойства "perspective-origin-x" и "perspective-origin-y" #### Свойства "perspective-origin-x" и "perspective-origin-y"
@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции
func GetPerspectiveOrigin(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit) func GetPerspectiveOrigin(view View, subviewID ...string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit)
#### Свойство "backface-visibility" #### Свойство "backface-visibility"
@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetBackfaceVisible(view View, subviewID string) bool func GetBackfaceVisible(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
#### Свойства "origin-x", "origin-y" и "origin-z" #### Свойства "origin-x", "origin-y" и "origin-z"
@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции
func GetOrigin(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) func GetOrigin(view View, subviewID ...string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit)
#### Свойства "translate-x", "translate-y" и "translate-z" #### Свойства "translate-x", "translate-y" и "translate-z"
@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции
func GetTranslate(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) func GetTranslate(view View, subviewID ...string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit)
#### Свойства "scale-x", "scale-y" и "scale-z" #### Свойства "scale-x", "scale-y" и "scale-z"
@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции
func GetScale(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64, float64) func GetScale(view View, subviewID ...string) (float64, float64, float64)
#### Свойства "rotate" #### Свойства "rotate"
@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данных свойств, а также свойства "rotate" можно с помощью функции Получить значение данных свойств, а также свойства "rotate" можно с помощью функции
func GetRotate(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64, float64, AngleUnit) func GetRotate(view View, subviewID ...string) (float64, float64, float64, AngleUnit)
#### Свойства "skew-x" и "skew-y" #### Свойства "skew-x" и "skew-y"
@ -1769,7 +1769,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции Получить значение данных свойств можно с помощью функции
func GetSkew(view View, subviewID string) (AngleUnit, AngleUnit) func GetSkew(view View, subviewID ...string) (AngleUnit, AngleUnit)
### Пользовательские данные ### Пользовательские данные
@ -1809,8 +1809,8 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить списки слушателей событий клавиатуры можно с помощью функций: Получить списки слушателей событий клавиатуры можно с помощью функций:
func GetKeyDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, KeyEvent) func GetKeyDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, KeyEvent)
func GetKeyUpListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, KeyEvent) func GetKeyUpListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, KeyEvent)
### События фокуса ### События фокуса
@ -1831,8 +1831,8 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить списки слушателей событий фокуса можно с помощью функций: Получить списки слушателей событий фокуса можно с помощью функций:
func GetFocusListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View) func GetFocusListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View)
func GetLostFocusListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View) func GetLostFocusListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View)
### События мыши ### События мыши
@ -1900,14 +1900,14 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить списки слушателей событий мыши можно с помощью функций: Получить списки слушателей событий мыши можно с помощью функций:
func GetMouseDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetMouseUpListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseUpListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetMouseMoveListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseMoveListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetMouseOverListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseOverListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetMouseOutListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseOutListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetClickListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetClickListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetDoubleClickListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetDoubleClickListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetContextMenuListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetContextMenuListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
### События указателя ### События указателя
@ -1954,12 +1954,12 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить списки слушателей событий указателя можно с помощью функций: Получить списки слушателей событий указателя можно с помощью функций:
func GetPointerDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerUpListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerUpListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerMoveListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerMoveListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerOverListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerOverListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerOutListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerOutListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
### Touch события ### Touch события
@ -2012,10 +2012,10 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить списки слушателей событий касания можно с помощью функций: Получить списки слушателей событий касания можно с помощью функций:
func GetTouchStartListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) func GetTouchStartListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent)
func GetTouchEndListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) func GetTouchEndListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent)
func GetTouchMoveListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) func GetTouchMoveListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent)
func GetTouchCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) func GetTouchCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent)
### Событие "resize-event" ### Событие "resize-event"
@ -2044,7 +2044,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
Получить список слушателей данного события можно с помощью функции: Получить список слушателей данного события можно с помощью функции:
func GetResizeListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, Frame) func GetResizeListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, Frame)
Текущие положение и размеры видимой части View можно получить с помощью функции интерфейса View: Текущие положение и размеры видимой части View можно получить с помощью функции интерфейса View:
@ -2052,7 +2052,7 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
или глобальной функции или глобальной функции
func GetViewFrame(view View, subviewID string) Frame func GetViewFrame(view View, subviewID ...string) Frame
### Событие прокрутки ### Событие прокрутки
@ -2083,13 +2083,13 @@ radius необходимо передать nil
или глобальной функции или глобальной функции
func GetViewScroll(view View, subviewID string) Frame func GetViewScroll(view View, subviewID ...string) Frame
Для программной прокрутки могут использоваться следующие глобальные функции Для программной прокрутки могут использоваться следующие глобальные функции
func ScrollViewTo(view View, subviewID string, x, y float64) func ScrollViewTo(view View, subviewID string, x, y float64)
func ScrollViewToStart(view View, subviewID string) func ScrollViewToStart(view View, subviewID ...string)
func ScrollViewToEnd(view View, subviewID string) func ScrollViewToEnd(view View, subviewID ...string)
которые прокручивают view, соответственно, в заданную позицию, начало и конец которые прокручивают view, соответственно, в заданную позицию, начало и конец
@ -2363,7 +2363,7 @@ ColumnLayout является контейнером, реализующим и
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetColumnCount(view View, subviewID string) int func GetColumnCount(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойство "column-width" ### Свойство "column-width"
@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ ColumnLayout является контейнером, реализующим и
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetColumnWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetColumnWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
### Свойство "column-gap" ### Свойство "column-gap"
@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ ColumnLayout является контейнером, реализующим и
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetColumnGap(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetColumnGap(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
### Свойство "column-separator" ### Свойство "column-separator"
@ -2431,7 +2431,7 @@ ViewBorder описана как
а не структура ViewBorder. Получить структуру ViewBorders без дополнительных преобразований можно а не структура ViewBorder. Получить структуру ViewBorders без дополнительных преобразований можно
с помощью глобальной функции с помощью глобальной функции
func GetColumnSeparator(view View, subviewID string) ViewBorder func GetColumnSeparator(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewBorder
Вы также можете устанавливать отдельные атрибуты линии использую функцию Set интерфейса View. Вы также можете устанавливать отдельные атрибуты линии использую функцию Set интерфейса View.
Для этого используются следующие свойства Для этого используются следующие свойства
@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@ ViewBorder описана как
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetAvoidBreak(view View, subviewID string) bool func GetAvoidBreak(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
## StackLayout ## StackLayout
@ -2515,7 +2515,7 @@ StackLayout является контейнером, реализующим ин
func peek(layout rui.StackLayout) { func peek(layout rui.StackLayout) {
views := layout.Views() views := layout.Views()
if index := rui.GetCurrent(layout, ""); index >= 0 && index < len(views) { if index := rui.GetCurrent(layout); index >= 0 && index < len(views) {
return views[index] return views[index]
} }
return nil return nil
@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ Cвойства "tab-close-button" может быть задано как дл
Для программного переключания вкладок присвойте данному свойству значение индекса новой текущего View. Для программного переключания вкладок присвойте данному свойству значение индекса новой текущего View.
Прочитать значение свойства "current" можно с помощью функции Прочитать значение свойства "current" можно с помощью функции
func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID string) int func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) int
Также свойство "current" может быть использовано для отслеживания изменения текущего View: Также свойство "current" может быть использовано для отслеживания изменения текущего View:
@ -2660,11 +2660,11 @@ View, "false" - скрывает.
Получить значение свойства "expanded" можно с помощью функции Получить значение свойства "expanded" можно с помощью функции
func IsDetailsExpanded(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsDetailsExpanded(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
а значение свойства "summary" можно получить с помощью функции а значение свойства "summary" можно получить с помощью функции
func GetDetailsSummary(view View, subviewID string) View func GetDetailsSummary(view View, subviewID ...string) View
## Resizable ## Resizable
@ -2708,7 +2708,7 @@ AllSides определено как
Выводимый текст задается string свойством "text" (константа Text). Выводимый текст задается string свойством "text" (константа Text).
Помимо метода Get значение свойства "text" может быть получено с помощью функции Помимо метода Get значение свойства "text" может быть получено с помощью функции
func GetText(view View, subviewID string) string func GetText(view View, subviewID ...string) string
TextView наследует от View все свойства параметров текста ("font-name", "text-size", "text-color" и т.д.). TextView наследует от View все свойства параметров текста ("font-name", "text-size", "text-color" и т.д.).
Кроме них добавляется еще один "text-overflow" (константа TextOverflow). Он определяет как обрезается Кроме них добавляется еще один "text-overflow" (константа TextOverflow). Он определяет как обрезается
@ -2791,11 +2791,11 @@ NaturalSize() возвращает исходную ширину и высоту
Для получения значений свойств ImageView могут использоваться следующие функции: Для получения значений свойств ImageView могут использоваться следующие функции:
func GetImageViewSource(view View, subviewID string) string func GetImageViewSource(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func GetImageViewAltText(view View, subviewID string) string func GetImageViewAltText(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func GetImageViewFit(view View, subviewID string) int func GetImageViewFit(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetImageViewVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetImageViewVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetImageViewHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetImageViewHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
## EditView ## EditView
@ -2851,15 +2851,15 @@ Cвойство "caret-color" может быть задано не только
Для получения значений свойств EditView могут использоваться следующие функции: Для получения значений свойств EditView могут использоваться следующие функции:
func GetText(view View, subviewID string) string func GetText(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func GetHint(view View, subviewID string) string func GetHint(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func GetMaxLength(view View, subviewID string) int func GetMaxLength(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetEditViewType(view View, subviewID string) int func GetEditViewType(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetEditViewPattern(view View, subviewID string) string func GetEditViewPattern(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func IsReadOnly(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsReadOnly(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func IsEditViewWrap(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsEditViewWrap(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func IsSpellcheck(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsSpellcheck(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func GetCaretColor(view View, subviewID string) Color func GetCaretColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color
Для отслеживания изменения текста используется событие "edit-text-changed" (константа Для отслеживания изменения текста используется событие "edit-text-changed" (константа
EditTextChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат: EditTextChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат:
@ -2870,7 +2870,7 @@ EditTextChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события име
Получить текущий список слушателей изменения текста можно с помощью функции Получить текущий список слушателей изменения текста можно с помощью функции
func GetTextChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(EditView, string) func GetTextChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(EditView, string)
## NumberPicker ## NumberPicker
@ -2903,7 +2903,7 @@ NumberPicker может работать в двух режимах: редак
Все эти типы приводятся к float64. Соответственно функция Get всегда возвращает float64 значение. Все эти типы приводятся к float64. Соответственно функция Get всегда возвращает float64 значение.
Прочитано значение свойства "number-picker-value" может быть также с помощью функции: Прочитано значение свойства "number-picker-value" может быть также с помощью функции:
func GetNumberPickerValue(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetNumberPickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
На вводимые значения могут быть наложены ограничения. Для этого используются следующие свойства: На вводимые значения могут быть наложены ограничения. Для этого используются следующие свойства:
@ -2921,8 +2921,8 @@ NumberPicker может работать в двух режимах: редак
Прочитать значения данных свойств можно с помощью функций: Прочитать значения данных свойств можно с помощью функций:
func GetNumberPickerMinMax(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64) func GetNumberPickerMinMax(view View, subviewID ...string) (float64, float64)
func GetNumberPickerStep(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetNumberPickerStep(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
Для отслеживания изменения вводимого значения используется событие "number-changed" (константа Для отслеживания изменения вводимого значения используется событие "number-changed" (константа
NumberChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат: NumberChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат:
@ -2933,7 +2933,7 @@ NumberChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события име
Получить текущий список слушателей изменения значения можно с помощью функции Получить текущий список слушателей изменения значения можно с помощью функции
func GetNumberChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(NumberPicker, float64) func GetNumberChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(NumberPicker, float64)
## DatePicker ## DatePicker
@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@ NumberChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события име
Текст преобразуется в time.Time. Соответственно функция Get всегда возвращает time.Time значение. Текст преобразуется в time.Time. Соответственно функция Get всегда возвращает time.Time значение.
Прочитано значение свойства "date-picker-value" может быть также с помощью функции: Прочитано значение свойства "date-picker-value" может быть также с помощью функции:
func GetDatePickerValue(view View, subviewID string) time.Time func GetDatePickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) time.Time
На вводимые даты могут быть наложены ограничения. Для этого используются следующие свойства: На вводимые даты могут быть наложены ограничения. Для этого используются следующие свойства:
@ -2966,9 +2966,9 @@ NumberChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события име
Прочитать значения данных свойств можно с помощью функций: Прочитать значения данных свойств можно с помощью функций:
func GetDatePickerMin(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) func GetDatePickerMin(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool)
func GetDatePickerMax(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) func GetDatePickerMax(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool)
func GetDatePickerStep(view View, subviewID string) int func GetDatePickerStep(view View, subviewID ...string) int
Для отслеживания изменения вводимого значения используется событие "date-changed" (константа Для отслеживания изменения вводимого значения используется событие "date-changed" (константа
DateChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат: DateChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат:
@ -2979,7 +2979,7 @@ DateChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имее
Получить текущий список слушателей изменения даты можно с помощью функции Получить текущий список слушателей изменения даты можно с помощью функции
func GetDateChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(DatePicker, time.Time) func GetDateChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(DatePicker, time.Time)
## TimePicker ## TimePicker
@ -3000,7 +3000,7 @@ DateChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имее
Текст преобразуется в time.Time. Соответственно функция Get всегда возвращает time.Time значение. Текст преобразуется в time.Time. Соответственно функция Get всегда возвращает time.Time значение.
Прочитано значение свойства "time-picker-value" может быть также с помощью функции: Прочитано значение свойства "time-picker-value" может быть также с помощью функции:
func GetTimePickerValue(view View, subviewID string) time.Time func GetTimePickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) time.Time
На вводимое время могут быть наложены ограничения. Для этого используются следующие свойства: На вводимое время могут быть наложены ограничения. Для этого используются следующие свойства:
@ -3012,9 +3012,9 @@ DateChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имее
Прочитать значения данных свойств можно с помощью функций: Прочитать значения данных свойств можно с помощью функций:
func GetTimePickerMin(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) func GetTimePickerMin(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool)
func GetTimePickerMax(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) func GetTimePickerMax(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool)
func GetTimePickerStep(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTimePickerStep(view View, subviewID ...string) int
Для отслеживания изменения вводимого значения используется событие "time-changed" (константа Для отслеживания изменения вводимого значения используется событие "time-changed" (константа
TimeChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат: TimeChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат:
@ -3025,7 +3025,7 @@ TimeChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имее
Получить текущий список слушателей изменения даты можно с помощью функции Получить текущий список слушателей изменения даты можно с помощью функции
func GetTimeChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(TimePicker, time.Time) func GetTimeChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(TimePicker, time.Time)
## ColorPicker ## ColorPicker
@ -3044,7 +3044,7 @@ TimeChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имее
Прочитано значение свойства "color-picker-value" может быть также с помощью функции: Прочитано значение свойства "color-picker-value" может быть также с помощью функции:
func GetColorPickerValue(view View, subviewID string) Color func GetColorPickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) Color
Для отслеживания изменения выбранного цвета используется событие "color-changed" (константа Для отслеживания изменения выбранного цвета используется событие "color-changed" (константа
ColorChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат: ColorChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат:
@ -3055,7 +3055,7 @@ ColorChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имее
Получить текущий список слушателей изменения даты можно с помощью функции Получить текущий список слушателей изменения даты можно с помощью функции
func GetColorChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ColorPicker, Color) func GetColorChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ColorPicker, Color)
## FilePicker ## FilePicker
@ -3084,7 +3084,7 @@ ColorChangedEvent). Основной слушатель события имее
а также соответствующие им глобальные функции а также соответствующие им глобальные функции
func GetFilePickerFiles(view View, subviewID string) []FileInfo func GetFilePickerFiles(view View, subviewID ...string) []FileInfo
func LoadFilePickerFile(view View, subviewID string, file FileInfo, result func(FileInfo, []byte)) func LoadFilePickerFile(view View, subviewID string, file FileInfo, result func(FileInfo, []byte))
Функции Files/GetFilePickerFiles возвращают список выбранных файлов в виде среза структур FileInfo. Структура FileInfo объявлена как Функции Files/GetFilePickerFiles возвращают список выбранных файлов в виде среза структур FileInfo. Структура FileInfo объявлена как
@ -3136,7 +3136,7 @@ FileInfo содержит только информацию о файле, но
Получить текущий список слушателей изменения списка файлов можно с помощью функции Получить текущий список слушателей изменения списка файлов можно с помощью функции
func GetFileSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(FilePicker, []FileInfo) func GetFileSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(FilePicker, []FileInfo)
## DropDownList ## DropDownList
@ -3157,7 +3157,7 @@ float32, float64, int, int8…int64, uint, uint8…uint64.
Все эти типы данных преопразуются в []string и присваиваются свойству "items". Все эти типы данных преопразуются в []string и присваиваются свойству "items".
Прочитать значение свойства "items" можно с помощью функции Прочитать значение свойства "items" можно с помощью функции
func GetDropDownItems(view View, subviewID string) []string func GetDropDownItems(view View, subviewID ...string) []string
Можно запретить выбор отдельных пунктов. Для этого используется свойство "disabled-items" (константа DisabledItems). Можно запретить выбор отдельных пунктов. Для этого используется свойство "disabled-items" (константа DisabledItems).
Данному свойству присваивается массив индексов запрещенных пунктов. Индекс может задаваться или числом или в виде текста Данному свойству присваивается массив индексов запрещенных пунктов. Индекс может задаваться или числом или в виде текста
@ -3172,12 +3172,12 @@ float32, float64, int, int8…int64, uint, uint8…uint64.
Все эти типы данных преопразуются в []any и присваиваются свойству "disabled-items". Все эти типы данных преопразуются в []any и присваиваются свойству "disabled-items".
Прочитать значение свойства "disabled-items" можно с помощью функции Прочитать значение свойства "disabled-items" можно с помощью функции
func GetDropDownDisabledItems(view View, subviewID string) []int func GetDropDownDisabledItems(view View, subviewID ...string) []int
Выбранное значение определяется int свойством "current" (константа Current). Значение по умолчанию 0. Выбранное значение определяется int свойством "current" (константа Current). Значение по умолчанию 0.
Прочитать значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Прочитать значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID string) int func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) int
Для отслеживания изменения свойства "current" используется событие "drop-down-event" (константа Для отслеживания изменения свойства "current" используется событие "drop-down-event" (константа
DropDownEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат: DropDownEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет следующий формат:
@ -3188,7 +3188,7 @@ DropDownEvent). Основной слушатель события имеет с
Получить текущий список слушателей изменения даты можно с помощью функции Получить текущий список слушателей изменения даты можно с помощью функции
func GetDropDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(DropDownList, int) func GetDropDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(DropDownList, int)
## ProgressBar ## ProgressBar
@ -3209,8 +3209,8 @@ int8…int64, uint, uint8…uint64
Прочитать значение данных свойств можно с помощью функций Прочитать значение данных свойств можно с помощью функций
func GetProgressBarMax(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetProgressBarMax(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
func GetProgressBarValue(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetProgressBarValue(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
## Button ## Button
@ -3269,7 +3269,7 @@ View и string преобразуется в string, далее все string в
с помощью функции NewViewListAdapter получается ListAdapter. с помощью функции NewViewListAdapter получается ListAdapter.
Если элементы списка меняются в ходе работы, то после изменения необходимо вызывать или функцию Если элементы списка меняются в ходе работы, то после изменения необходимо вызывать или функцию
ReloadListViewData() интерфейса ListView или глобальную функцию ReloadListViewData(view View, subviewID string). ReloadListViewData() интерфейса ListView или глобальную функцию ReloadListViewData(view View, subviewID ...string).
Данные функции обновляют отображаемые элементы списка. Данные функции обновляют отображаемые элементы списка.
### Свойство "orientation" ### Свойство "orientation"
@ -3291,7 +3291,7 @@ ReloadListViewData() интерфейса ListView или глобальную
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetListOrientation(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListOrientation(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойство "wrap" ### Свойство "wrap"
@ -3308,7 +3308,7 @@ ReloadListViewData() интерфейса ListView или глобальную
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetListWrap(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListWrap(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойства "item-width" и "item-height" ### Свойства "item-width" и "item-height"
@ -3321,8 +3321,8 @@ ReloadListViewData() интерфейса ListView или глобальную
Получить значения данных свойств можно с помощью функций Получить значения данных свойств можно с помощью функций
func GetListItemWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetListItemWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetListItemHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetListItemHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
### Свойство "item-vertical-align" ### Свойство "item-vertical-align"
@ -3338,7 +3338,7 @@ ReloadListViewData() интерфейса ListView или глобальную
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetListItemVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListItemVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойство "item-horizontal-align" ### Свойство "item-horizontal-align"
@ -3354,7 +3354,7 @@ ReloadListViewData() интерфейса ListView или глобальную
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
GetListItemHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int GetListItemHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойство "current" ### Свойство "current"
@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ int свойство "current" (константа Current). Значение "c
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID string) int func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойства "list-item-style", "current-style" и "current-inactive-style" ### Свойства "list-item-style", "current-style" и "current-inactive-style"
@ -3393,13 +3393,13 @@ int свойство "current" (константа Current). Значение "c
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetListViewCheckbox(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListViewCheckbox(view View, subviewID ...string) int
Получить/установить список помеченных пунктов можно с помощью свойства "checked" (константа Checked). Получить/установить список помеченных пунктов можно с помощью свойства "checked" (константа Checked).
Данное свойство имеет тип []int и хранит индексы помеченных элементов. Данное свойство имеет тип []int и хранит индексы помеченных элементов.
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetListViewCheckedItems(view View, subviewID string) []int func GetListViewCheckedItems(view View, subviewID ...string) []int
Проверить помечен ли конкретный элемент можно с помощью функции Проверить помечен ли конкретный элемент можно с помощью функции
@ -3430,8 +3430,8 @@ CheckboxHorizontalAlign и CheckboxVerticalAlign)
Получить значения свойств можно "checkbox-horizontal-align" и "checkbox-vertical-align" с помощью функций Получить значения свойств можно "checkbox-horizontal-align" и "checkbox-vertical-align" с помощью функций
func GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### События ListView ### События ListView
@ -3451,9 +3451,9 @@ CheckboxHorizontalAlign и CheckboxVerticalAlign)
Получить списки слушателей данных событий можно с помощью функций: Получить списки слушателей данных событий можно с помощью функций:
func GetListItemClickedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ListView, int) func GetListItemClickedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ListView, int)
func GetListItemSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ListView, int) func GetListItemSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ListView, int)
func GetListItemCheckedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ListView, []int) func GetListItemCheckedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ListView, []int)
## TableView ## TableView
@ -3650,7 +3650,7 @@ TableColumnStyle объявлена как
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTableVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTableVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойство "selection-mode" ### Свойство "selection-mode"
@ -3672,7 +3672,7 @@ TableColumnStyle объявлена как
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetSelectionMode(view View, subviewID string) int func GetSelectionMode(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### Свойство "current" ### Свойство "current"
@ -3690,7 +3690,7 @@ TableColumnStyle объявлена как
Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции Получить значение данного свойства можно с помощью функции
func GetTableCurrent(view View, subviewID string) CellIndex func GetTableCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) CellIndex
### Свойство "allow-selection" ### Свойство "allow-selection"
@ -4638,7 +4638,7 @@ x1 и x2 должны быть в диапазоне [0, 1]. Вы можете
Для получения текущего списка постоянных анимаций перехода используется функция Для получения текущего списка постоянных анимаций перехода используется функция
func GetTransition(view View, subviewID string) Params func GetTransition(view View, subviewID ...string) Params
Добавлять новые анимации перехода рекомендуется с помощью функции Добавлять новые анимации перехода рекомендуется с помощью функции
@ -4675,10 +4675,10 @@ x1 и x2 должны быть в диапазоне [0, 1]. Вы можете
Получить списки слушателей событий анимации перехода с помощью функций: Получить списки слушателей событий анимации перехода с помощью функций:
func GetTransitionRunListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetTransitionRunListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetTransitionStartListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetTransitionStartListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetTransitionEndListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetTransitionEndListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetTransitionCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetTransitionCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
### Cценарий анимации ### Cценарий анимации
@ -4807,10 +4807,10 @@ Safari и Firefox.
Получить списки слушателей событий анимации с помощью функций: Получить списки слушателей событий анимации с помощью функций:
func GetAnimationStartListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetAnimationStartListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetAnimationEndListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetAnimationEndListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetAnimationCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetAnimationCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetAnimationIterationListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetAnimationIterationListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
## Сессия ## Сессия

306
README.md
View File

@ -540,17 +540,17 @@ After getting the value with the Get function, you must typecast:
This is quite cumbersome, therefore for each property there is a global function of the same name with the Get prefix, This is quite cumbersome, therefore for each property there is a global function of the same name with the Get prefix,
which performs the given cast, gets the value of the constant, if necessary, and returns it. which performs the given cast, gets the value of the constant, if necessary, and returns it.
All functions of this type have two arguments: View and subviewID string. All functions of this type have two arguments: View and subviewID ...string.
The first argument is the root View, the second is the ID of the child View. The first argument is the root View, the second is the ID of the child View.
If the ID of the child View is passed as "", then the value of the root View is returned. If the ID of the child View is not specified or is passed as "", then the value of the root View is returned.
For the properties "width", "height", "min-width", "min-height", "max-width", "max-height" these are functions: For the properties "width", "height", "min-width", "min-height", "max-width", "max-height" these are functions:
func GetWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetMinWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetMinWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetMinHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetMinHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetMaxWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetMaxWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetMaxHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetMaxHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
### "resize" property ### "resize" property
@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ The default value for a multiline text editor is BothResize(1).
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetResize(view View, subviewID string) int func GetResize(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "margin" and "padding" properties ### "margin" and "padding" properties
@ -609,8 +609,8 @@ can be converted to a more convenient Bounds structure:
Global functions can also be used for this: Global functions can also be used for this:
func GetMargin(view View, subviewID string) Bounds func GetMargin(view View, subviewID ...string) Bounds
func GetPadding(view View, subviewID string) Bounds func GetPadding(view View, subviewID ...string) Bounds
The textual representation of the BoundsProperty is as follows: The textual representation of the BoundsProperty is as follows:
@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ This converts the ViewBorders to BorderProperty. Therefore, when the property is
the Get function will return the BorderProperty interface, not the ViewBorders structure. the Get function will return the BorderProperty interface, not the ViewBorders structure.
You can get the ViewBorders structure without additional transformations using the global function You can get the ViewBorders structure without additional transformations using the global function
func GetBorder(view View, subviewID string) ViewBorders func GetBorder(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewBorders
Besides the auxiliary properties "style", "width" and "color" there are 4 more: "left", "right", "top" and "bottom". Besides the auxiliary properties "style", "width" and "color" there are 4 more: "left", "right", "top" and "bottom".
As a value, these properties can only take the ViewBorder structure and allow you to set all the attributes of the line of the side of the same name. As a value, these properties can only take the ViewBorder structure and allow you to set all the attributes of the line of the side of the same name.
@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ This converts BoxRadius to RadiusProperty. Therefore, when the property is read,
the Get function will return the RadiusProperty interface, not the BoxRadius structure. the Get function will return the RadiusProperty interface, not the BoxRadius structure.
You can get the BoxRadius structure without additional transformations using the global function You can get the BoxRadius structure without additional transformations using the global function
func GetRadius(view View, subviewID string) BoxRadius func GetRadius(view View, subviewID ...string) BoxRadius
You can also set individual radii using the Set function of the View interface. You can also set individual radii using the Set function of the View interface.
For this, the following properties are used For this, the following properties are used
@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ The ViewShadow text representation has the following format:
You can get the value of "shadow" property using the function You can get the value of "shadow" property using the function
func GetViewShadows(view View, subviewID string) []ViewShadow func GetViewShadows(view View, subviewID ...string) []ViewShadow
If no shadow is specified, then this function will return an empty array If no shadow is specified, then this function will return an empty array
@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ Where 1 - View is fully opaque, 0 - fully transparent.
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetOpacity(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetOpacity(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
### "z-index" property ### "z-index" property
@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ higher z-indexes overlap elements with lower.
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetZIndex(view View, subviewID string) int func GetZIndex(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "visibility" property ### "visibility" property
@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ The "visibility" int property (constant Visibility) specifies the visibility of
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetVisibility(view View, subviewID string) int func GetVisibility(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "filter" and "backdrop-filter" properties ### "filter" and "backdrop-filter" properties
@ -1274,8 +1274,8 @@ Example
You can get the value of the current filter using functions You can get the value of the current filter using functions
func GetFilter(view View, subviewID string) ViewFilter func GetFilter(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewFilter
func GetBackdropFilter(view View, subviewID string) ViewFilter func GetBackdropFilter(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewFilter
### "semantics" property ### "semantics" property
@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ if it is not available, then the second, third, etc.
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetFontName(view View, subviewID string) string func GetFontName(view View, subviewID ...string) string
#### "text-color" property #### "text-color" property
@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ Property "text-color" (constant TextColor) - the Color property determines the c
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextColor(view View, subviewID string) Color func GetTextColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color
#### "text-size" property #### "text-size" property
@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@ Property "text-size" (constant TextSize) - the SizeUnit property determines the
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextSize(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetTextSize(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### "italic" property #### "italic" property
@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@ The "italic" property (constant Italic) is the bool property. If the value is tr
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func IsItalic(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsItalic(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
#### "small-caps" property #### "small-caps" property
@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ The "small-caps" property (SmallCaps constant) is the bool property. If the valu
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func IsSmallCaps(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsSmallCaps(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
#### "white-space" property #### "white-space" property
@ -1426,9 +1426,9 @@ These bool properties set decorative lines on the text:
You can get the value of these properties using the functions You can get the value of these properties using the functions
func IsStrikethrough(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsStrikethrough(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func IsOverline(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsOverline(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func IsUnderline(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsUnderline(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
#### "text-line-thickness" property #### "text-line-thickness" property
@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ of decorative lines on the text set using the "strikethrough", "overline" and "u
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
GetTextLineThickness(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit GetTextLineThickness(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### "text-line-style" property #### "text-line-style" property
@ -1456,7 +1456,7 @@ Possible values are:
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextLineStyle(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextLineStyle(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### "text-line-color" property #### "text-line-color" property
@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ If the property is not defined, then the text color specified by the "text-color
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextLineColor(view View, subviewID string) Color func GetTextLineColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color
#### "text-weight" property #### "text-weight" property
@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ Some fonts are only available in normal or bold style. In this case, the value o
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextWeight(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextWeight(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### "text-shadow" property #### "text-shadow" property
@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ ViewShadow, ViewShadow array, ViewShadow textual representation can be assigned
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextShadows(view View, subviewID string) []ViewShadow func GetTextShadows(view View, subviewID ...string) []ViewShadow
If no shadow is specified, then this function will return an empty array If no shadow is specified, then this function will return an empty array
@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ The "text-align" int property (constant TextAlign) sets the alignment of the tex
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### "text-indent" property #### "text-indent" property
@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ before the first line of text.
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextIndent(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetTextIndent(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### "letter-spacing" property #### "letter-spacing" property
@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ The user agent can choose not to increase or decrease the letter spacing to alig
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetLetterSpacing(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetLetterSpacing(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### "word-spacing" property #### "word-spacing" property
@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ Otherwise, it specifies additional spacing in addition to the inner word spacing
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetWordSpacing(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetWordSpacing(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### "line-height" property #### "line-height" property
@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ The "line-height" (LineHeight constant) SizeUnit property sets the amount of spa
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetLineHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetLineHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### "text-transform" property #### "text-transform" property
@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ The "text-transform" (TextTransform constant) int property defines the case of c
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextTransform(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextTransform(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### "text-direction" property #### "text-direction" property
@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ The "text-direction" (TextDirection constant) int property determines the direct
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTextDirection(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTextDirection(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### "writing-mode" property #### "writing-mode" property
The "writing-mode" (WritingMode constant) int property defines how the lines of text are arranged The "writing-mode" (WritingMode constant) int property defines how the lines of text are arranged
@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ Possible values are:
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetWritingMode(view View, subviewID string) int func GetWritingMode(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### "vertical-text-orientation" property #### "vertical-text-orientation" property
@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ Possible values are:
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetVerticalTextOrientation(view View, subviewID string) int func GetVerticalTextOrientation(view View, subviewID ...string) int
#### "user-select" property #### "user-select" property
@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ it will also apply to all child elements
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func IsUserSelect(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsUserSelect(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
### Transformation properties ### Transformation properties
@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ The vanishing point is by default located in the center of the element, but it c
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetPerspective(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetPerspective(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
#### "perspective-origin-x" and "perspective-origin-y" properties #### "perspective-origin-x" and "perspective-origin-y" properties
@ -1672,7 +1672,7 @@ By default, the "perspective-origin-x" and "perspective-origin-y" properties are
You can get the value of these properties using the function You can get the value of these properties using the function
func GetPerspectiveOrigin(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit) func GetPerspectiveOrigin(view View, subviewID ...string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit)
#### "backface-visibility" property #### "backface-visibility" property
@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ the back face can be visible when the transformation causes the element to rotat
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetBackfaceVisible(view View, subviewID string) bool func GetBackfaceVisible(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
#### "origin-x", "origin-y", and "origin-z" properties #### "origin-x", "origin-y", and "origin-z" properties
@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@ The "origin-z" property is ignored if the perspective property is not set.
You can get the value of these properties using the function You can get the value of these properties using the function
func GetOrigin(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) func GetOrigin(view View, subviewID ...string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit)
#### "translate-x", "translate-y", and "translate-z" properties #### "translate-x", "translate-y", and "translate-z" properties
@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@ The translate-z property is ignored if the perspective property is not set.
You can get the value of these properties using the function You can get the value of these properties using the function
func GetTranslate(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) func GetTranslate(view View, subviewID ...string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit)
#### "scale-x", "scale-y" and "scale-z" properties #### "scale-x", "scale-y" and "scale-z" properties
@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ The "scale-z" property is ignored if the "perspective" property is not set.
You can get the value of these properties using the function You can get the value of these properties using the function
func GetScale(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64, float64) func GetScale(view View, subviewID ...string) (float64, float64, float64)
#### "rotate" property #### "rotate" property
@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ The "rotate-z" property is ignored if the "perspective" property is not set.
You can get the value of these properties, as well as the "rotate" property, using the function You can get the value of these properties, as well as the "rotate" property, using the function
func GetRotate(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64, float64, AngleUnit) func GetRotate(view View, subviewID ...string) (float64, float64, float64, AngleUnit)
#### "skew-x" and "skew-y" properties #### "skew-x" and "skew-y" properties
@ -1748,7 +1748,7 @@ specified by the transform-origin-x and transform-origin-y properties.
You can get the value of these properties using the function You can get the value of these properties using the function
func GetSkew(view View, subviewID string) (AngleUnit, AngleUnit) func GetSkew(view View, subviewID ...string) (AngleUnit, AngleUnit)
### User data ### User data
@ -1788,8 +1788,8 @@ You can also use listeners in the following formats:
You can get lists of listeners for keyboard events using the functions: You can get lists of listeners for keyboard events using the functions:
func GetKeyDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, KeyEvent) func GetKeyDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, KeyEvent)
func GetKeyUpListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, KeyEvent) func GetKeyUpListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, KeyEvent)
### Focus events ### Focus events
@ -1810,8 +1810,8 @@ You can also use a listener in the following format:
You can get lists of listeners for focus events using the functions: You can get lists of listeners for focus events using the functions:
func GetFocusListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View) func GetFocusListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View)
func GetLostFocusListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View) func GetLostFocusListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View)
### Mouse events ### Mouse events
@ -1879,14 +1879,14 @@ You can also use listeners in the following formats:
You can get lists of listeners for mouse events using the functions: You can get lists of listeners for mouse events using the functions:
func GetMouseDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetMouseUpListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseUpListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetMouseMoveListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseMoveListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetMouseOverListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseOverListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetMouseOutListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetMouseOutListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetClickListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetClickListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetDoubleClickListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetDoubleClickListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
func GetContextMenuListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) func GetContextMenuListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent)
### Pointer Events ### Pointer Events
@ -1933,12 +1933,12 @@ You can also use listeners in the following formats:
You can get lists of pointer event listeners using the functions: You can get lists of pointer event listeners using the functions:
func GetPointerDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerUpListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerUpListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerMoveListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerMoveListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerOverListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerOverListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
func GetPointerOutListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) func GetPointerOutListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent)
### Touch events ### Touch events
@ -1991,10 +1991,10 @@ You can also use listeners in the following formats:
You can get lists of listeners for touch events using the functions: You can get lists of listeners for touch events using the functions:
func GetTouchStartListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) func GetTouchStartListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent)
func GetTouchEndListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) func GetTouchEndListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent)
func GetTouchMoveListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) func GetTouchMoveListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent)
func GetTouchCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) func GetTouchCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent)
### Resize-event ### Resize-event
@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@ You can also use listeners in the following formats:
You can get a list of listeners for this event using the function: You can get a list of listeners for this event using the function:
func GetResizeListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, Frame) func GetResizeListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, Frame)
The current position and dimensions of the visible part of the View can be obtained using the View interface function: The current position and dimensions of the visible part of the View can be obtained using the View interface function:
@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ The current position and dimensions of the visible part of the View can be obtai
or global function or global function
func GetViewFrame(view View, subviewID string) Frame func GetViewFrame(view View, subviewID ...string) Frame
### Scroll event ### Scroll event
@ -2062,13 +2062,13 @@ The current position of the viewable area and the overall dimensions of the View
or global function or global function
func GetViewScroll(view View, subviewID string) Frame func GetViewScroll(view View, subviewID ...string) Frame
The following global functions can be used for manual scrolling The following global functions can be used for manual scrolling
func ScrollViewTo(view View, subviewID string, x, y float64) func ScrollViewTo(view View, subviewID string, x, y float64)
func ScrollViewToStart(view View, subviewID string) func ScrollViewToStart(view View, subviewID ...string)
func ScrollViewToEnd(view View, subviewID string) func ScrollViewToEnd(view View, subviewID ...string)
which scroll the view, respectively, to the given position, start and end which scroll the view, respectively, to the given position, start and end
@ -2342,7 +2342,7 @@ on the "text-direction" property to the right or left of the previous one, and t
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetColumnCount(view View, subviewID string) int func GetColumnCount(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "column-width" property ### "column-width" property
@ -2353,7 +2353,7 @@ IMPORTANT! Percentages cannot be used as the "column-width" value (i.e. if you s
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetColumnWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetColumnWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
### "column-gap" property ### "column-gap" property
@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ The "column-gap" SizeUnit property (ColumnGap constant) sets the width of the ga
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetColumnGap(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetColumnGap(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
### "column-separator" property ### "column-separator" property
@ -2409,7 +2409,7 @@ not the ViewBorder structure.
You can get the ViewBorders structure without additional transformations using the global function You can get the ViewBorders structure without additional transformations using the global function
func GetColumnSeparator(view View, subviewID string) ViewBorder func GetColumnSeparator(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewBorder
You can also set individual line attributes using the Set function of the View interface. You can also set individual line attributes using the Set function of the View interface.
For this, the following properties are used For this, the following properties are used
@ -2447,7 +2447,7 @@ The default is "false".
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetAvoidBreak(view View, subviewID string) bool func GetAvoidBreak(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
## StackLayout ## StackLayout
@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@ Example
func peek(layout rui.StackLayout) { func peek(layout rui.StackLayout) {
views := layout.Views() views := layout.Views()
if index := rui.GetCurrent(layout, ""); index >= 0 && index < len(views) { if index := rui.GetCurrent(layout); index >= 0 && index < len(views) {
return views[index] return views[index]
} }
return nil return nil
@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ You can control the current View using the "current" integer property (constant
To programmatically switch tabs, set this property to the index of the new current View. To programmatically switch tabs, set this property to the index of the new current View.
You can read the value of the "current" property using the function You can read the value of the "current" property using the function
func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID string) int func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) int
Also, the "current" property can be used to track changes to the current View: Also, the "current" property can be used to track changes to the current View:
@ -2634,11 +2634,11 @@ Accordingly, the value "true" shows child Views, "false" - hides.
You can get the value of the "expanded" property using the function You can get the value of the "expanded" property using the function
func IsDetailsExpanded(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsDetailsExpanded(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
and the value of the "summary" property can be obtained using the function and the value of the "summary" property can be obtained using the function
func GetDetailsSummary(view View, subviewID string) View func GetDetailsSummary(view View, subviewID ...string) View
## Resizable ## Resizable
@ -2683,7 +2683,7 @@ To create a TextView, the function is used:
The displayed text is set by the string property "text" (Text constant). The displayed text is set by the string property "text" (Text constant).
In addition to the Get method, the value of the "text" property can be obtained using the function In addition to the Get method, the value of the "text" property can be obtained using the function
func GetText (view View, subviewID string) string func GetText (view View, subviewID ...string) string
TextView inherits from View all properties of text parameters ("font-name", "text-size", "text-color", etc.). TextView inherits from View all properties of text parameters ("font-name", "text-size", "text-color", etc.).
In addition to them, the "text-overflow" int property (TextOverflow constant) is added. In addition to them, the "text-overflow" int property (TextOverflow constant) is added.
@ -2764,11 +2764,11 @@ relative to the bounds of the ImageView. Valid values:
The following functions can be used to retrieve ImageView property values: The following functions can be used to retrieve ImageView property values:
func GetImageViewSource(view View, subviewID string) string func GetImageViewSource(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func GetImageViewAltText(view View, subviewID string) string func GetImageViewAltText(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func GetImageViewFit(view View, subviewID string) int func GetImageViewFit(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetImageViewVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetImageViewVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetImageViewHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetImageViewHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
## EditView ## EditView
@ -2821,15 +2821,15 @@ In this case, the color of the caret changes for all child EditViews placed in t
The following functions can be used to get the values of the properties of an EditView: The following functions can be used to get the values of the properties of an EditView:
func GetText(view View, subviewID string) string func GetText(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func GetHint(view View, subviewID string) string func GetHint(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func GetMaxLength(view View, subviewID string) int func GetMaxLength(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetEditViewType(view View, subviewID string) int func GetEditViewType(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetEditViewPattern(view View, subviewID string) string func GetEditViewPattern(view View, subviewID ...string) string
func IsReadOnly(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsReadOnly(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func IsEditViewWrap(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsEditViewWrap(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func IsSpellcheck(view View, subviewID string) bool func IsSpellcheck(view View, subviewID ...string) bool
func GetCaretColor(view View, subviewID string) Color func GetCaretColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color
The "edit-text-changed" event (EditTextChangedEvent constant) is used to track changes to the text. The "edit-text-changed" event (EditTextChangedEvent constant) is used to track changes to the text.
The main event listener has the following format: The main event listener has the following format:
@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ where the second argument is the new text value
You can get the current list of text change listeners using the function You can get the current list of text change listeners using the function
func GetTextChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(EditView, string) func GetTextChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(EditView, string)
## NumberPicker ## NumberPicker
@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ The following can be passed as a value to the "number-picker-value" property:
All of these types are cast to float64. Accordingly, the Get function always returns a float64 value. All of these types are cast to float64. Accordingly, the Get function always returns a float64 value.
The value of the "number-picker-value" property can also be read using the function: The value of the "number-picker-value" property can also be read using the function:
func GetNumberPickerValue(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetNumberPickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
The entered values may be subject to restrictions. For this, the following properties are used: The entered values may be subject to restrictions. For this, the following properties are used:
@ -2890,8 +2890,8 @@ If "number-picker-type" is equal to NumberEditor, then the entered numbers, by d
You can read the values of these properties using the functions: You can read the values of these properties using the functions:
func GetNumberPickerMinMax(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64) func GetNumberPickerMinMax(view View, subviewID ...string) (float64, float64)
func GetNumberPickerStep(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetNumberPickerStep(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
The "number-changed" event (NumberChangedEvent constant) is used to track the change in the entered value. The "number-changed" event (NumberChangedEvent constant) is used to track the change in the entered value.
The main event listener has the following format: The main event listener has the following format:
@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@ where the second argument is the new value
You can get the current list of value change listeners using the function You can get the current list of value change listeners using the function
func GetNumberChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(NumberPicker, float64) func GetNumberChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(NumberPicker, float64)
## DatePicker ## DatePicker
@ -2924,7 +2924,7 @@ The following can be passed as a value to the "date-picker-value" property:
The text is converted to time.Time. Accordingly, the Get function always returns a time.Time value. The text is converted to time.Time. Accordingly, the Get function always returns a time.Time value.
The value of the "date-picker-value" property can also be read using the function: The value of the "date-picker-value" property can also be read using the function:
func GetDatePickerValue(view View, subviewID string) time.Time func GetDatePickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) time.Time
The dates you enter may be subject to restrictions. For this, the following properties are used: The dates you enter may be subject to restrictions. For this, the following properties are used:
@ -2936,9 +2936,9 @@ The dates you enter may be subject to restrictions. For this, the following prop
You can read the values of these properties using the functions: You can read the values of these properties using the functions:
func GetDatePickerMin(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) func GetDatePickerMin(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool)
func GetDatePickerMax(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) func GetDatePickerMax(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool)
func GetDatePickerStep(view View, subviewID string) int func GetDatePickerStep(view View, subviewID ...string) int
The "date-changed" event (DateChangedEvent constant) is used to track the change in the entered value. The "date-changed" event (DateChangedEvent constant) is used to track the change in the entered value.
The main event listener has the following format: The main event listener has the following format:
@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@ where the second argument is the new date value
You can get the current list of date change listeners using the function You can get the current list of date change listeners using the function
func GetDateChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(DatePicker, time.Time) func GetDateChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(DatePicker, time.Time)
## TimePicker ## TimePicker
@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ The following can be passed as a value to the "time-picker-value" property:
The text is converted to time.Time. Accordingly, the Get function always returns a time.Time value. The text is converted to time.Time. Accordingly, the Get function always returns a time.Time value.
The value of the "time-picker-value" property can also be read using the function: The value of the "time-picker-value" property can also be read using the function:
func GetTimePickerValue(view View, subviewID string) time.Time func GetTimePickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) time.Time
The time entered may be subject to restrictions. For this, the following properties are used: The time entered may be subject to restrictions. For this, the following properties are used:
@ -2983,9 +2983,9 @@ The time entered may be subject to restrictions. For this, the following propert
You can read the values of these properties using the functions: You can read the values of these properties using the functions:
func GetTimePickerMin(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) func GetTimePickerMin(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool)
func GetTimePickerMax(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) func GetTimePickerMax(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool)
func GetTimePickerStep(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTimePickerStep(view View, subviewID ...string) int
The "time-changed" event (TimeChangedEvent constant) is used to track the change in the entered value. The "time-changed" event (TimeChangedEvent constant) is used to track the change in the entered value.
The main event listener has the following format: The main event listener has the following format:
@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ where the second argument is the new time value
You can get the current list of date change listeners using the function You can get the current list of date change listeners using the function
func GetTimeChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(TimePicker, time.Time) func GetTimeChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(TimePicker, time.Time)
## ColorPicker ## ColorPicker
@ -3015,7 +3015,7 @@ The following can be passed as a value to the "color-picker-value" property:
The value of the property "color-picker-value" can also be read using the function: The value of the property "color-picker-value" can also be read using the function:
func GetColorPickerValue(view View, subviewID string) Color func GetColorPickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) Color
The "color-changed" event (ColorChangedEvent constant) is used to track the change in the selected color. The "color-changed" event (ColorChangedEvent constant) is used to track the change in the selected color.
The main event listener has the following format: The main event listener has the following format:
@ -3026,7 +3026,7 @@ where the second argument is the new color value
You can get the current list of date change listeners using the function You can get the current list of date change listeners using the function
func GetColorChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ColorPicker, Color) func GetColorChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ColorPicker, Color)
## FilePicker ## FilePicker
@ -3055,7 +3055,7 @@ Two functions of the FilePicker interface are used to access the selected files:
as well as the corresponding global functions as well as the corresponding global functions
func GetFilePickerFiles(view View, subviewID string) []FileInfo func GetFilePickerFiles(view View, subviewID ...string) []FileInfo
func LoadFilePickerFile(view View, subviewID string, file FileInfo, result func(FileInfo, []byte)) func LoadFilePickerFile(view View, subviewID string, file FileInfo, result func(FileInfo, []byte))
The Files/GetFilePickerFiles functions return a list of the selected files as a slice of FileInfo structures. The Files/GetFilePickerFiles functions return a list of the selected files as a slice of FileInfo structures.
@ -3109,7 +3109,7 @@ where the second argument is the new value of the list of selected files.
You can get the current list of listeners of the list of files changing using the function You can get the current list of listeners of the list of files changing using the function
func GetFileSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(FilePicker, []FileInfo) func GetFileSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(FilePicker, []FileInfo)
## DropDownList ## DropDownList
@ -3130,7 +3130,7 @@ float32, float64, int, int8 … int64, uint, uint8 … uint64.
All of these data types are converted to []string and assigned to the "items" property. All of these data types are converted to []string and assigned to the "items" property.
You can read the value of the "items" property using the function You can read the value of the "items" property using the function
func GetDropDownItems(view View, subviewID string) []string func GetDropDownItems(view View, subviewID ...string) []string
You can disable the selection of individual items. For this, the "disabled-items" property (constant DisabledItems) is used. You can disable the selection of individual items. For this, the "disabled-items" property (constant DisabledItems) is used.
This property is assigned an array of disabled item indices. The index can be specified either as a number, as text, or as a constant. Therefore, the following data types can be assigned to the "disabled-items" property: This property is assigned an array of disabled item indices. The index can be specified either as a number, as text, or as a constant. Therefore, the following data types can be assigned to the "disabled-items" property:
@ -3144,12 +3144,12 @@ This property is assigned an array of disabled item indices. The index can be sp
All of these data types are converted to []any and assigned to the "disabled-items" property. All of these data types are converted to []any and assigned to the "disabled-items" property.
You can read the value of the "disabled-items" property using the function You can read the value of the "disabled-items" property using the function
func GetDropDownDisabledItems(view View, subviewID string) []int func GetDropDownDisabledItems(view View, subviewID ...string) []int
The selected value is determined by the int property "current" (Current constant). The default is 0. The selected value is determined by the int property "current" (Current constant). The default is 0.
You can read the value of this property using the function You can read the value of this property using the function
func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID string) int func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) int
To track the change of the "current" property, the "drop-down-event" event (DropDownEvent constant) is used. To track the change of the "current" property, the "drop-down-event" event (DropDownEvent constant) is used.
The main event listener has the following format: The main event listener has the following format:
@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ where the second argument is the index of the selected item
You can get the current list of date change listeners using the function You can get the current list of date change listeners using the function
func GetDropDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(DropDownList, int) func GetDropDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(DropDownList, int)
## ProgressBar ## ProgressBar
@ -3179,8 +3179,8 @@ In addition to float64, float32, int, int8 … int64, uint, uint8 … uint64
You can read the value of these properties using the functions You can read the value of these properties using the functions
func GetProgressBarMax(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetProgressBarMax(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
func GetProgressBarValue(view View, subviewID string) float64 func GetProgressBarValue(view View, subviewID ...string) float64
## Button ## Button
@ -3239,7 +3239,7 @@ When assigning, all types except View and string are converted to string, then a
and from the resulting View array using the NewViewListAdapter function, a ListAdapter is obtained. and from the resulting View array using the NewViewListAdapter function, a ListAdapter is obtained.
If the list items change during operation, then after the change, either the ReloadListViewData() If the list items change during operation, then after the change, either the ReloadListViewData()
function of the ListView interface or the global ReloadListViewData(view View, subviewID string) function must be called. function of the ListView interface or the global ReloadListViewData(view View, subviewID ...string) function must be called.
These functions update the displayed list items. These functions update the displayed list items.
### "Orientation" property ### "Orientation" property
@ -3261,7 +3261,7 @@ on the value of the "text-direction" property. For languages written from right
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetListOrientation(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListOrientation(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "wrap" property ### "wrap" property
@ -3278,7 +3278,7 @@ the beginning (for the position of the beginning and end, see above), the new li
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetListWrap(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListWrap(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "item-width" and "item-height" properties ### "item-width" and "item-height" properties
@ -3291,8 +3291,8 @@ properties "item-width" and "item-height"
You can get the values of these properties using the functions You can get the values of these properties using the functions
func GetListItemWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetListItemWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
func GetListItemHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit func GetListItemHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit
### "item-vertical-align" property ### "item-vertical-align" property
@ -3308,7 +3308,7 @@ of the contents of the list items. Valid values:
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetListItemVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListItemVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "item-horizontal-align" property ### "item-horizontal-align" property
@ -3324,7 +3324,7 @@ horizontal alignment of the contents of the list items. Valid values:
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
GetListItemHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int GetListItemHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "current" property ### "current" property
@ -3335,7 +3335,7 @@ The value "current" is less than 0 means that no item is selected
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID string) int func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "list-item-style", "current-style", and "current-inactive-style" properties ### "list-item-style", "current-style", and "current-inactive-style" properties
@ -3363,13 +3363,13 @@ can take the following values
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetListViewCheckbox(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListViewCheckbox(view View, subviewID ...string) int
You can get/set the list of checked items using the "checked" property (Checked constant). You can get/set the list of checked items using the "checked" property (Checked constant).
This property is of type []int and stores the indexes of the marked elements. This property is of type []int and stores the indexes of the marked elements.
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetListViewCheckedItems(view View, subviewID string) []int func GetListViewCheckedItems(view View, subviewID ...string) []int
You can check if a specific element is marked using the function You can check if a specific element is marked using the function
@ -3400,8 +3400,8 @@ In this case, the checkbox is centered horizontally, the content is below
You can get property values for "checkbox-horizontal-align" and "checkbox-vertical-align" using the functions You can get property values for "checkbox-horizontal-align" and "checkbox-vertical-align" using the functions
func GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
func GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### ListView events ### ListView events
@ -3421,9 +3421,9 @@ Where the second argument is an array of indexes of the tagged items.
You can get lists of listeners for these events using the functions: You can get lists of listeners for these events using the functions:
func GetListItemClickedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ListView, int) func GetListItemClickedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ListView, int)
func GetListItemSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ListView, int) func GetListItemSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ListView, int)
func GetListItemCheckedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ListView, []int) func GetListItemCheckedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ListView, []int)
## TableView ## TableView
@ -3617,7 +3617,7 @@ For horizontal alignment, use the "text-align" property
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTableVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int func GetTableVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "selection-mode" property ### "selection-mode" property
@ -3636,7 +3636,7 @@ In this mode, the table generates two types of events: "table-row-selected" and
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetSelectionMode(view View, subviewID string) int func GetSelectionMode(view View, subviewID ...string) int
### "current" property ### "current" property
@ -3653,7 +3653,7 @@ the "current" property can be assigned a value of type int (row index).
You can get the value of this property using the function You can get the value of this property using the function
func GetTableCurrent(view View, subviewID string) CellIndex func GetTableCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) CellIndex
### "allow-selection" property ### "allow-selection" property
@ -4603,7 +4603,7 @@ Calling the SetAnimated function does not change the value of the "transition" p
To get the current list of permanent transition animations, use the function To get the current list of permanent transition animations, use the function
func GetTransition(view View, subviewID string) Params func GetTransition(view View, subviewID ...string) Params
It is recommended to add new transition animations using the function It is recommended to add new transition animations using the function
@ -4640,10 +4640,10 @@ You can also use a listener in the following format:
Get lists of listeners for transition animation events using functions: Get lists of listeners for transition animation events using functions:
func GetTransitionRunListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetTransitionRunListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetTransitionStartListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetTransitionStartListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetTransitionEndListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetTransitionEndListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetTransitionCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetTransitionCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
### Animation script ### Animation script
@ -4772,10 +4772,10 @@ You can also use a listener in the following format:
Get lists of animation event listeners using functions: Get lists of animation event listeners using functions:
func GetAnimationStartListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetAnimationStartListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetAnimationEndListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetAnimationEndListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetAnimationCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetAnimationCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
func GetAnimationIterationListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) func GetAnimationIterationListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string)
## Session ## Session

24
animation.go
View File

@ -747,16 +747,16 @@ func SetAnimated(rootView View, viewID, tag string, value any, animation Animati
} }
// IsAnimationPaused returns "true" if an animation of the subview is paused, "false" otherwise. // IsAnimationPaused returns "true" if an animation of the subview is paused, "false" otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsAnimationPaused(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsAnimationPaused(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, AnimationPaused, false) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, AnimationPaused, false)
} }
// GetTransitions returns the subview transitions. The result is always non-nil. // GetTransitions returns the subview transitions. The result is always non-nil.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then transitions of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then transitions of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetTransitions(view View, subviewID string) map[string]Animation { func GetTransitions(view View, subviewID ...string) map[string]Animation {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ func GetTransitions(view View, subviewID string) map[string]Animation {
} }
// GetTransition returns the subview property transition. If there is no transition for the given property then nil is returned. // GetTransition returns the subview property transition. If there is no transition for the given property then nil is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then transitions of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then transitions of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetTransition(view View, subviewID, tag string) Animation { func GetTransition(view View, subviewID, tag string) Animation {
if subviewID != "" { if subviewID != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ func GetTransition(view View, subviewID, tag string) Animation {
} }
// AddTransition adds the transition for the subview property. // AddTransition adds the transition for the subview property.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then the transition is added to the first argument (view) // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then the transition is added to the first argument (view)
func AddTransition(view View, subviewID, tag string, animation Animation) bool { func AddTransition(view View, subviewID, tag string, animation Animation) bool {
if tag != "" { if tag != "" {
if subviewID != "" { if subviewID != "" {
@ -797,10 +797,10 @@ func AddTransition(view View, subviewID, tag string, animation Animation) bool {
} }
// GetAnimation returns the subview animations. The result is always non-nil. // GetAnimation returns the subview animations. The result is always non-nil.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then transitions of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then transitions of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetAnimation(view View, subviewID string) []Animation { func GetAnimation(view View, subviewID ...string) []Animation {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {

38
animationEvents.go
View File

@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ func (view *viewData) handleTransitionEvents(tag string, data DataObject) {
} }
} }
for _, listener := range getEventListeners[View, string](view, "", tag) { for _, listener := range getEventListeners[View, string](view, nil, tag) {
listener(view, property) listener(view, property)
} }
} }
@ -164,10 +164,10 @@ func animationEventsHtml(view View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
} }
func (view *viewData) handleAnimationEvents(tag string, data DataObject) { func (view *viewData) handleAnimationEvents(tag string, data DataObject) {
if listeners := getEventListeners[View, string](view, "", tag); len(listeners) > 0 { if listeners := getEventListeners[View, string](view, nil, tag); len(listeners) > 0 {
id := "" id := ""
if name, ok := data.PropertyValue("name"); ok { if name, ok := data.PropertyValue("name"); ok {
for _, animation := range GetAnimation(view, "") { for _, animation := range GetAnimation(view) {
if name == animation.animationName() { if name == animation.animationName() {
id, _ = stringProperty(animation, ID, view.Session()) id, _ = stringProperty(animation, ID, view.Session())
} }
@ -181,56 +181,56 @@ func (view *viewData) handleAnimationEvents(tag string, data DataObject) {
// GetTransitionRunListeners returns the "transition-run-event" listener list. // GetTransitionRunListeners returns the "transition-run-event" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTransitionRunListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) { func GetTransitionRunListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string) {
return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, TransitionRunEvent) return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, TransitionRunEvent)
} }
// GetTransitionStartListeners returns the "transition-start-event" listener list. // GetTransitionStartListeners returns the "transition-start-event" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTransitionStartListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) { func GetTransitionStartListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string) {
return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, TransitionStartEvent) return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, TransitionStartEvent)
} }
// GetTransitionEndListeners returns the "transition-end-event" listener list. // GetTransitionEndListeners returns the "transition-end-event" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTransitionEndListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) { func GetTransitionEndListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string) {
return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, TransitionEndEvent) return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, TransitionEndEvent)
} }
// GetTransitionCancelListeners returns the "transition-cancel-event" listener list. // GetTransitionCancelListeners returns the "transition-cancel-event" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTransitionCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) { func GetTransitionCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string) {
return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, TransitionCancelEvent) return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, TransitionCancelEvent)
} }
// GetAnimationStartListeners returns the "animation-start-event" listener list. // GetAnimationStartListeners returns the "animation-start-event" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetAnimationStartListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) { func GetAnimationStartListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string) {
return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, AnimationStartEvent) return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, AnimationStartEvent)
} }
// GetAnimationEndListeners returns the "animation-end-event" listener list. // GetAnimationEndListeners returns the "animation-end-event" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetAnimationEndListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) { func GetAnimationEndListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string) {
return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, AnimationEndEvent) return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, AnimationEndEvent)
} }
// GetAnimationCancelListeners returns the "animation-cancel-event" listener list. // GetAnimationCancelListeners returns the "animation-cancel-event" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetAnimationCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) { func GetAnimationCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string) {
return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, AnimationCancelEvent) return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, AnimationCancelEvent)
} }
// GetAnimationIterationListeners returns the "animation-iteration-event" listener list. // GetAnimationIterationListeners returns the "animation-iteration-event" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetAnimationIterationListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, string) { func GetAnimationIterationListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, string) {
return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, AnimationIterationEvent) return getEventListeners[View, string](view, subviewID, AnimationIterationEvent)
} }

42
checkbox.go
View File

@ -194,14 +194,14 @@ func (button *checkboxData) changedCheckboxState(state bool) {
} }
func checkboxClickListener(view View) { func checkboxClickListener(view View) {
view.Set(Checked, !IsCheckboxChecked(view, "")) view.Set(Checked, !IsCheckboxChecked(view))
BlurView(view) BlurView(view)
} }
func checkboxKeyListener(view View, event KeyEvent) { func checkboxKeyListener(view View, event KeyEvent) {
switch event.Code { switch event.Code {
case "Enter", "Space": case "Enter", "Space":
view.Set(Checked, !IsCheckboxChecked(view, "")) view.Set(Checked, !IsCheckboxChecked(view))
} }
} }
@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ func (button *checkboxData) setChangedListener(value any) bool {
func (button *checkboxData) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) { func (button *checkboxData) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) {
session := button.Session() session := button.Session()
vAlign := GetCheckboxVerticalAlign(button, "") vAlign := GetCheckboxVerticalAlign(button)
hAlign := GetCheckboxHorizontalAlign(button, "") hAlign := GetCheckboxHorizontalAlign(button)
switch hAlign { switch hAlign {
case CenterAlign: case CenterAlign:
if vAlign == BottomAlign { if vAlign == BottomAlign {
@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ func (button *checkboxData) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) {
} }
func (button *checkboxData) htmlCheckbox(buffer *strings.Builder, checked bool) (int, int) { func (button *checkboxData) htmlCheckbox(buffer *strings.Builder, checked bool) (int, int) {
vAlign := GetCheckboxVerticalAlign(button, "") vAlign := GetCheckboxVerticalAlign(button)
hAlign := GetCheckboxHorizontalAlign(button, "") hAlign := GetCheckboxHorizontalAlign(button)
buffer.WriteString(`<div id="`) buffer.WriteString(`<div id="`)
buffer.WriteString(button.htmlID()) buffer.WriteString(button.htmlID())
@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ func (button *checkboxData) htmlCheckbox(buffer *strings.Builder, checked bool)
func (button *checkboxData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (button *checkboxData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
vCheckboxAlign, hCheckboxAlign := button.htmlCheckbox(buffer, IsCheckboxChecked(button, "")) vCheckboxAlign, hCheckboxAlign := button.htmlCheckbox(buffer, IsCheckboxChecked(button))
buffer.WriteString(`<div id="`) buffer.WriteString(`<div id="`)
buffer.WriteString(button.htmlID()) buffer.WriteString(button.htmlID())
@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ func (button *checkboxData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
} }
func (button *checkboxData) cssHorizontalAlign() string { func (button *checkboxData) cssHorizontalAlign() string {
align := GetHorizontalAlign(button, "") align := GetHorizontalAlign(button)
values := enumProperties[CellHorizontalAlign].cssValues values := enumProperties[CellHorizontalAlign].cssValues
if align >= 0 && align < len(values) { if align >= 0 && align < len(values) {
return values[align] return values[align]
@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ func (button *checkboxData) cssHorizontalAlign() string {
} }
func (button *checkboxData) cssVerticalAlign() string { func (button *checkboxData) cssVerticalAlign() string {
align := GetVerticalAlign(button, "") align := GetVerticalAlign(button)
values := enumProperties[CellVerticalAlign].cssValues values := enumProperties[CellVerticalAlign].cssValues
if align >= 0 && align < len(values) { if align >= 0 && align < len(values) {
return values[align] return values[align]
@ -340,29 +340,19 @@ func (button *checkboxData) cssVerticalAlign() string {
} }
// IsCheckboxChecked returns true if the Checkbox is checked, false otherwise. // IsCheckboxChecked returns true if the Checkbox is checked, false otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsCheckboxChecked(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsCheckboxChecked(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
if subviewID != "" { return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Checked, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if checked := view.Get(Checked); checked != nil {
if b, ok := checked.(bool); ok {
return b
}
}
}
return false
} }
// GetCheckboxVerticalAlign return the vertical align of a Checkbox subview: TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2) // GetCheckboxVerticalAlign return the vertical align of a Checkbox subview: TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetCheckboxVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetCheckboxVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CheckboxVerticalAlign, LeftAlign, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CheckboxVerticalAlign, LeftAlign, false)
} }
// GetCheckboxHorizontalAlign return the vertical align of a Checkbox subview: LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2) // GetCheckboxHorizontalAlign return the vertical align of a Checkbox subview: LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetCheckboxHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetCheckboxHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CheckboxHorizontalAlign, TopAlign, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CheckboxHorizontalAlign, TopAlign, false)
} }

24
colorPicker.go
View File

@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ func (picker *colorPickerData) remove(tag string) {
} }
case ColorPickerValue: case ColorPickerValue:
oldColor := GetColorPickerValue(picker, "") oldColor := GetColorPickerValue(picker)
delete(picker.properties, ColorPickerValue) delete(picker.properties, ColorPickerValue)
picker.colorChanged(oldColor) picker.colorChanged(oldColor)
@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ func (picker *colorPickerData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
return true return true
case ColorPickerValue: case ColorPickerValue:
oldColor := GetColorPickerValue(picker, "") oldColor := GetColorPickerValue(picker)
if picker.setColorProperty(ColorPickerValue, value) { if picker.setColorProperty(ColorPickerValue, value) {
picker.colorChanged(oldColor) picker.colorChanged(oldColor)
return true return true
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ func (picker *colorPickerData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
} }
func (picker *colorPickerData) colorChanged(oldColor Color) { func (picker *colorPickerData) colorChanged(oldColor Color) {
if newColor := GetColorPickerValue(picker, ""); oldColor != newColor { if newColor := GetColorPickerValue(picker); oldColor != newColor {
if picker.created { if picker.created {
picker.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%s')`, picker.htmlID(), newColor.rgbString())) picker.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%s')`, picker.htmlID(), newColor.rgbString()))
} }
@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ func (picker *colorPickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder
picker.viewData.htmlProperties(self, buffer) picker.viewData.htmlProperties(self, buffer)
buffer.WriteString(` type="color" value="`) buffer.WriteString(` type="color" value="`)
buffer.WriteString(GetColorPickerValue(picker, "").rgbString()) buffer.WriteString(GetColorPickerValue(picker).rgbString())
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`) buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`)
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ func (picker *colorPickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder
} }
func (picker *colorPickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (picker *colorPickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if IsDisabled(self, "") { if IsDisabled(self) {
buffer.WriteString(` disabled`) buffer.WriteString(` disabled`)
} }
picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer) picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer)
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (picker *colorPickerData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Dat
switch command { switch command {
case "textChanged": case "textChanged":
if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok { if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok {
oldColor := GetColorPickerValue(picker, "") oldColor := GetColorPickerValue(picker)
if color, ok := StringToColor(text); ok { if color, ok := StringToColor(text); ok {
picker.properties[ColorPickerValue] = color picker.properties[ColorPickerValue] = color
if color != oldColor { if color != oldColor {
@ -182,10 +182,10 @@ func (picker *colorPickerData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Dat
} }
// GetColorPickerValue returns the value of ColorPicker subview. // GetColorPickerValue returns the value of ColorPicker subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetColorPickerValue(view View, subviewID string) Color { func GetColorPickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) Color {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value, ok := colorProperty(view, ColorPickerValue, view.Session()); ok { if value, ok := colorProperty(view, ColorPickerValue, view.Session()); ok {
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ func GetColorPickerValue(view View, subviewID string) Color {
// GetColorChangedListeners returns the ColorChangedListener list of an ColorPicker subview. // GetColorChangedListeners returns the ColorChangedListener list of an ColorPicker subview.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetColorChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ColorPicker, Color) { func GetColorChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ColorPicker, Color) {
return getEventListeners[ColorPicker, Color](view, subviewID, ColorChangedEvent) return getEventListeners[ColorPicker, Color](view, subviewID, ColorChangedEvent)
} }

46
columnLayout.go
View File

@ -137,29 +137,26 @@ func (columnLayout *columnLayoutData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
// GetColumnCount returns int value which specifies number of columns into which the content of // GetColumnCount returns int value which specifies number of columns into which the content of
// ColumnLayout is break. If the return value is 0 then the number of columns is calculated // ColumnLayout is break. If the return value is 0 then the number of columns is calculated
// based on the "column-width" property. // based on the "column-width" property.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetColumnCount(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetColumnCount(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ColumnCount, 0) return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ColumnCount, 0)
} }
// GetColumnWidth returns SizeUnit value which specifies the width of each column of ColumnLayout. // GetColumnWidth returns SizeUnit value which specifies the width of each column of ColumnLayout.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetColumnWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetColumnWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ColumnWidth, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ColumnWidth, false)
} }
// GetColumnGap returns SizeUnit property which specifies the size of the gap (gutter) between columns of ColumnLayout. // GetColumnGap returns SizeUnit property which specifies the size of the gap (gutter) between columns of ColumnLayout.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetColumnGap(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetColumnGap(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ColumnGap, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ColumnGap, false)
} }
// GetColumnSeparator returns ViewBorder struct which specifies the line drawn between func getColumnSeparator(view View, subviewID []string) ViewBorder {
// columns in a multi-column ColumnLayout. if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
func GetColumnSeparator(view View, subviewID string) ViewBorder {
if subviewID != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -178,27 +175,34 @@ func GetColumnSeparator(view View, subviewID string) ViewBorder {
return ViewBorder{} return ViewBorder{}
} }
// GetColumnSeparator returns ViewBorder struct which specifies the line drawn between
// columns in a multi-column ColumnLayout.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetColumnSeparator(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewBorder {
return getColumnSeparator(view, subviewID)
}
// ColumnSeparatorStyle returns int value which specifies the style of the line drawn between // ColumnSeparatorStyle returns int value which specifies the style of the line drawn between
// columns in a multi-column layout. // columns in a multi-column layout.
// Valid values are NoneLine (0), SolidLine (1), DashedLine (2), DottedLine (3), and DoubleLine (4). // Valid values are NoneLine (0), SolidLine (1), DashedLine (2), DottedLine (3), and DoubleLine (4).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetColumnSeparatorStyle(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetColumnSeparatorStyle(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
border := GetColumnSeparator(view, subviewID) border := getColumnSeparator(view, subviewID)
return border.Style return border.Style
} }
// ColumnSeparatorWidth returns SizeUnit value which specifies the width of the line drawn between // ColumnSeparatorWidth returns SizeUnit value which specifies the width of the line drawn between
// columns in a multi-column layout. // columns in a multi-column layout.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetColumnSeparatorWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetColumnSeparatorWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
border := GetColumnSeparator(view, subviewID) border := getColumnSeparator(view, subviewID)
return border.Width return border.Width
} }
// ColumnSeparatorColor returns Color value which specifies the color of the line drawn between // ColumnSeparatorColor returns Color value which specifies the color of the line drawn between
// columns in a multi-column layout. // columns in a multi-column layout.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetColumnSeparatorColor(view View, subviewID string) Color { func GetColumnSeparatorColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color {
border := GetColumnSeparator(view, subviewID) border := getColumnSeparator(view, subviewID)
return border.Color return border.Color
} }

46
datePicker.go
View File

@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (picker *datePickerData) remove(tag string) {
case DatePickerValue: case DatePickerValue:
if _, ok := picker.properties[DatePickerValue]; ok { if _, ok := picker.properties[DatePickerValue]; ok {
delete(picker.properties, DatePickerValue) delete(picker.properties, DatePickerValue)
date := GetDatePickerValue(picker, "") date := GetDatePickerValue(picker)
if picker.created { if picker.created {
picker.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%s')`, picker.htmlID(), date.Format(dateFormat))) picker.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%s')`, picker.htmlID(), date.Format(dateFormat)))
} }
@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ func (picker *datePickerData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
} }
case DatePickerStep: case DatePickerStep:
oldStep := GetDatePickerStep(picker, "") oldStep := GetDatePickerStep(picker)
if picker.setIntProperty(DatePickerStep, value) { if picker.setIntProperty(DatePickerStep, value) {
if step := GetDatePickerStep(picker, ""); oldStep != step { if step := GetDatePickerStep(picker); oldStep != step {
if picker.created { if picker.created {
if step > 0 { if step > 0 {
updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Step, strconv.Itoa(step), picker.session) updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Step, strconv.Itoa(step), picker.session)
@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ func (picker *datePickerData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
} }
case DatePickerValue: case DatePickerValue:
oldDate := GetDatePickerValue(picker, "") oldDate := GetDatePickerValue(picker)
if date, ok := setTimeValue(DatePickerValue); ok { if date, ok := setTimeValue(DatePickerValue); ok {
if date != oldDate { if date != oldDate {
if picker.created { if picker.created {
@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ func (picker *datePickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder)
} }
buffer.WriteString(` value="`) buffer.WriteString(` value="`)
buffer.WriteString(GetDatePickerValue(picker, "").Format(dateFormat)) buffer.WriteString(GetDatePickerValue(picker).Format(dateFormat))
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`) buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`)
@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ func (picker *datePickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder)
} }
func (picker *datePickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (picker *datePickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if IsDisabled(self, "") { if IsDisabled(self) {
buffer.WriteString(` disabled`) buffer.WriteString(` disabled`)
} }
picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer) picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer)
@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ func (picker *datePickerData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Data
case "textChanged": case "textChanged":
if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok { if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok {
if value, err := time.Parse(dateFormat, text); err == nil { if value, err := time.Parse(dateFormat, text); err == nil {
oldValue := GetDatePickerValue(picker, "") oldValue := GetDatePickerValue(picker)
picker.properties[DatePickerValue] = value picker.properties[DatePickerValue] = value
if value != oldValue { if value != oldValue {
for _, listener := range picker.dateChangedListeners { for _, listener := range picker.dateChangedListeners {
@ -365,10 +365,10 @@ func getDateProperty(view View, mainTag, shortTag string) (time.Time, bool) {
// GetDatePickerMin returns the min date of DatePicker subview and "true" as the second value if the min date is set, // GetDatePickerMin returns the min date of DatePicker subview and "true" as the second value if the min date is set,
// "false" as the second value otherwise. // "false" as the second value otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetDatePickerMin(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) { func GetDatePickerMin(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
return getDateProperty(view, DatePickerMin, Min) return getDateProperty(view, DatePickerMin, Min)
@ -378,10 +378,10 @@ func GetDatePickerMin(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) {
// GetDatePickerMax returns the max date of DatePicker subview and "true" as the second value if the min date is set, // GetDatePickerMax returns the max date of DatePicker subview and "true" as the second value if the min date is set,
// "false" as the second value otherwise. // "false" as the second value otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetDatePickerMax(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) { func GetDatePickerMax(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
return getDateProperty(view, DatePickerMax, Max) return getDateProperty(view, DatePickerMax, Max)
@ -390,16 +390,16 @@ func GetDatePickerMax(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) {
} }
// GetDatePickerStep returns the date changing step in days of DatePicker subview. // GetDatePickerStep returns the date changing step in days of DatePicker subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetDatePickerStep(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetDatePickerStep(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, DatePickerStep, 0) return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, DatePickerStep, 0)
} }
// GetDatePickerValue returns the date of DatePicker subview. // GetDatePickerValue returns the date of DatePicker subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetDatePickerValue(view View, subviewID string) time.Time { func GetDatePickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) time.Time {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return time.Now() return time.Now()
@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ func GetDatePickerValue(view View, subviewID string) time.Time {
// GetDateChangedListeners returns the DateChangedListener list of an DatePicker subview. // GetDateChangedListeners returns the DateChangedListener list of an DatePicker subview.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetDateChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(DatePicker, time.Time) { func GetDateChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(DatePicker, time.Time) {
return getEventListeners[DatePicker, time.Time](view, subviewID, DateChangedEvent) return getEventListeners[DatePicker, time.Time](view, subviewID, DateChangedEvent)
} }

18
detailsView.go
View File

@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ func (detailsView *detailsViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
return false return false
} }
if detailsView.created { if detailsView.created {
if IsDetailsExpanded(detailsView, "") { if IsDetailsExpanded(detailsView) {
updateProperty(detailsView.htmlID(), "open", "", detailsView.Session()) updateProperty(detailsView.htmlID(), "open", "", detailsView.Session())
} else { } else {
removeProperty(detailsView.htmlID(), "open", detailsView.Session()) removeProperty(detailsView.htmlID(), "open", detailsView.Session())
@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ func (detailsView *detailsViewData) htmlTag() string {
func (detailsView *detailsViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (detailsView *detailsViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
detailsView.viewsContainerData.htmlProperties(self, buffer) detailsView.viewsContainerData.htmlProperties(self, buffer)
buffer.WriteString(` ontoggle="detailsEvent(this)"`) buffer.WriteString(` ontoggle="detailsEvent(this)"`)
if IsDetailsExpanded(detailsView, "") { if IsDetailsExpanded(detailsView) {
buffer.WriteString(` open`) buffer.WriteString(` open`)
} }
} }
@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ func (detailsView *detailsViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Buil
if value, ok := detailsView.properties[Summary]; ok { if value, ok := detailsView.properties[Summary]; ok {
switch value := value.(type) { switch value := value.(type) {
case string: case string:
if !GetNotTranslate(detailsView, "") { if !GetNotTranslate(detailsView) {
value, _ = detailsView.session.GetString(value) value, _ = detailsView.session.GetString(value)
} }
buffer.WriteString("<summary>") buffer.WriteString("<summary>")
@ -186,10 +186,10 @@ func (detailsView *detailsViewData) handleCommand(self View, command string, dat
} }
// GetDetailsSummary returns a value of the Summary property of DetailsView. // GetDetailsSummary returns a value of the Summary property of DetailsView.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetDetailsSummary(view View, subviewID string) View { func GetDetailsSummary(view View, subviewID ...string) View {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(Summary); value != nil { if value := view.Get(Summary); value != nil {
@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ func GetDetailsSummary(view View, subviewID string) View {
} }
// IsDetailsExpanded returns a value of the Expanded property of DetailsView. // IsDetailsExpanded returns a value of the Expanded property of DetailsView.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsDetailsExpanded(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsDetailsExpanded(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Expanded, false) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Expanded, false)
} }

46
dropDownList.go
View File

@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ func (list *dropDownListData) remove(tag string) {
} }
case Current: case Current:
oldCurrent := GetCurrent(list, "") oldCurrent := GetCurrent(list)
delete(list.properties, Current) delete(list.properties, Current)
if oldCurrent != 0 { if oldCurrent != 0 {
if list.created { if list.created {
@ -125,12 +125,12 @@ func (list *dropDownListData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
return true return true
case Current: case Current:
oldCurrent := GetCurrent(list, "") oldCurrent := GetCurrent(list)
if !list.setIntProperty(Current, value) { if !list.setIntProperty(Current, value) {
return false return false
} }
if current := GetCurrent(list, ""); oldCurrent != current { if current := GetCurrent(list); oldCurrent != current {
if list.created { if list.created {
list.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`selectDropDownListItem('%s', %d)`, list.htmlID(), current)) list.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`selectDropDownListItem('%s', %d)`, list.htmlID(), current))
} }
@ -333,9 +333,9 @@ func (list *dropDownListData) htmlTag() string {
func (list *dropDownListData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (list *dropDownListData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if list.items != nil { if list.items != nil {
current := GetCurrent(list, "") current := GetCurrent(list)
notTranslate := GetNotTranslate(list, "") notTranslate := GetNotTranslate(list)
disabledItems := GetDropDownDisabledItems(list, "") disabledItems := GetDropDownDisabledItems(list)
for i, item := range list.items { for i, item := range list.items {
disabled := false disabled := false
for _, index := range disabledItems { for _, index := range disabledItems {
@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ func (list *dropDownListData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder)
func (list *dropDownListData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (list *dropDownListData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
list.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer) list.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer)
if IsDisabled(list, "") { if IsDisabled(list) {
buffer.WriteString(`disabled`) buffer.WriteString(`disabled`)
} }
} }
@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ func (list *dropDownListData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Data
case "itemSelected": case "itemSelected":
if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("number"); ok { if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("number"); ok {
if number, err := strconv.Atoi(text); err == nil { if number, err := strconv.Atoi(text); err == nil {
if GetCurrent(list, "") != number && number >= 0 && number < len(list.items) { if GetCurrent(list) != number && number >= 0 && number < len(list.items) {
list.properties[Current] = number list.properties[Current] = number
list.onSelectedItemChanged(number) list.onSelectedItemChanged(number)
} }
@ -401,19 +401,17 @@ func (list *dropDownListData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Data
return true return true
} }
func GetDropDownListeners(view View) []func(DropDownList, int) { // GetDropDownListeners returns the "drop-down-event" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
if value := view.Get(DropDownEvent); value != nil { // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
if listeners, ok := value.([]func(DropDownList, int)); ok { func GetDropDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(DropDownList, int) {
return listeners return getEventListeners[DropDownList, int](view, subviewID, DropDownEvent)
}
}
return []func(DropDownList, int){}
} }
// func GetDropDownItems return the view items list // GetDropDownItems return the DropDownList items list.
func GetDropDownItems(view View, subviewID string) []string { // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
if subviewID != "" { func GetDropDownItems(view View, subviewID ...string) []string {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if list, ok := view.(DropDownList); ok { if list, ok := view.(DropDownList); ok {
@ -423,11 +421,13 @@ func GetDropDownItems(view View, subviewID string) []string {
return []string{} return []string{}
} }
// func GetDropDownDisabledItems return the list of disabled item indexes // GetDropDownDisabledItems return the list of DropDownList disabled item indexes.
func GetDropDownDisabledItems(view View, subviewID string) []int { // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
if subviewID != "" { func GetDropDownDisabledItems(view View, subviewID ...string) []int {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(DisabledItems); value != nil { if value := view.Get(DisabledItems); value != nil {
if values, ok := value.([]any); ok { if values, ok := value.([]any); ok {

132
editView.go
View File

@ -132,19 +132,19 @@ func (edit *editViewData) remove(tag string) {
case Text: case Text:
if exists { if exists {
oldText := GetText(edit, "") oldText := GetText(edit)
delete(edit.properties, tag) delete(edit.properties, tag)
if oldText != "" { if oldText != "" {
edit.textChanged("") edit.textChanged("")
if edit.created { if edit.created {
edit.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%s')`, edit.htmlID(), "")) edit.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%s')`, edit.htmlID()))
} }
} }
} }
case EditViewPattern: case EditViewPattern:
if exists { if exists {
oldText := GetEditViewPattern(edit, "") oldText := GetEditViewPattern(edit)
delete(edit.properties, tag) delete(edit.properties, tag)
if oldText != "" { if oldText != "" {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ func (edit *editViewData) remove(tag string) {
case EditViewType: case EditViewType:
if exists { if exists {
oldType := GetEditViewType(edit, "") oldType := GetEditViewType(edit)
delete(edit.properties, tag) delete(edit.properties, tag)
if oldType != 0 { if oldType != 0 {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
@ -168,10 +168,10 @@ func (edit *editViewData) remove(tag string) {
case EditWrap: case EditWrap:
if exists { if exists {
oldWrap := IsEditViewWrap(edit, "") oldWrap := IsEditViewWrap(edit)
delete(edit.properties, tag) delete(edit.properties, tag)
if GetEditViewType(edit, "") == MultiLineText { if GetEditViewType(edit) == MultiLineText {
if wrap := IsEditViewWrap(edit, ""); wrap != oldWrap { if wrap := IsEditViewWrap(edit); wrap != oldWrap {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
if wrap { if wrap {
updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), "wrap", "soft", edit.session) updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), "wrap", "soft", edit.session)
@ -202,13 +202,13 @@ func (edit *editViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
switch tag { switch tag {
case Text: case Text:
oldText := GetText(edit, "") oldText := GetText(edit)
if text, ok := value.(string); ok { if text, ok := value.(string); ok {
edit.properties[Text] = text edit.properties[Text] = text
if text = GetText(edit, ""); oldText != text { if text = GetText(edit); oldText != text {
edit.textChanged(text) edit.textChanged(text)
if edit.created { if edit.created {
if GetEditViewType(edit, "") == MultiLineText { if GetEditViewType(edit) == MultiLineText {
updateInnerHTML(edit.htmlID(), edit.Session()) updateInnerHTML(edit.htmlID(), edit.Session())
} else { } else {
text = strings.ReplaceAll(text, `"`, `\"`) text = strings.ReplaceAll(text, `"`, `\"`)
@ -224,10 +224,10 @@ func (edit *editViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
return false return false
case Hint: case Hint:
oldText := GetHint(edit, "") oldText := GetHint(edit)
if text, ok := value.(string); ok { if text, ok := value.(string); ok {
edit.properties[Hint] = text edit.properties[Hint] = text
if text = GetHint(edit, ""); oldText != text { if text = GetHint(edit); oldText != text {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
if text != "" { if text != "" {
updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), "placeholder", text, edit.session) updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), "placeholder", text, edit.session)
@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ func (edit *editViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
return false return false
case MaxLength: case MaxLength:
oldMaxLength := GetMaxLength(edit, "") oldMaxLength := GetMaxLength(edit)
if edit.setIntProperty(MaxLength, value) { if edit.setIntProperty(MaxLength, value) {
if maxLength := GetMaxLength(edit, ""); maxLength != oldMaxLength { if maxLength := GetMaxLength(edit); maxLength != oldMaxLength {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
if maxLength > 0 { if maxLength > 0 {
updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), "maxlength", strconv.Itoa(maxLength), edit.session) updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), "maxlength", strconv.Itoa(maxLength), edit.session)
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ func (edit *editViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
case ReadOnly: case ReadOnly:
if edit.setBoolProperty(ReadOnly, value) { if edit.setBoolProperty(ReadOnly, value) {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
if IsReadOnly(edit, "") { if IsReadOnly(edit) {
updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), ReadOnly, "", edit.session) updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), ReadOnly, "", edit.session)
} else { } else {
removeProperty(edit.htmlID(), ReadOnly, edit.session) removeProperty(edit.htmlID(), ReadOnly, edit.session)
@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ func (edit *editViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
case Spellcheck: case Spellcheck:
if edit.setBoolProperty(Spellcheck, value) { if edit.setBoolProperty(Spellcheck, value) {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
updateBoolProperty(edit.htmlID(), Spellcheck, IsSpellcheck(edit, ""), edit.session) updateBoolProperty(edit.htmlID(), Spellcheck, IsSpellcheck(edit), edit.session)
} }
edit.propertyChangedEvent(tag) edit.propertyChangedEvent(tag)
return true return true
@ -283,10 +283,10 @@ func (edit *editViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
return false return false
case EditViewPattern: case EditViewPattern:
oldText := GetEditViewPattern(edit, "") oldText := GetEditViewPattern(edit)
if text, ok := value.(string); ok { if text, ok := value.(string); ok {
edit.properties[EditViewPattern] = text edit.properties[EditViewPattern] = text
if text = GetEditViewPattern(edit, ""); oldText != text { if text = GetEditViewPattern(edit); oldText != text {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
if text != "" { if text != "" {
updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), Pattern, text, edit.session) updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), Pattern, text, edit.session)
@ -301,9 +301,9 @@ func (edit *editViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
return false return false
case EditViewType: case EditViewType:
oldType := GetEditViewType(edit, "") oldType := GetEditViewType(edit)
if edit.setEnumProperty(EditViewType, value, enumProperties[EditViewType].values) { if edit.setEnumProperty(EditViewType, value, enumProperties[EditViewType].values) {
if GetEditViewType(edit, "") != oldType { if GetEditViewType(edit) != oldType {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
updateInnerHTML(edit.parentHTMLID(), edit.session) updateInnerHTML(edit.parentHTMLID(), edit.session)
} }
@ -314,10 +314,10 @@ func (edit *editViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
return false return false
case EditWrap: case EditWrap:
oldWrap := IsEditViewWrap(edit, "") oldWrap := IsEditViewWrap(edit)
if edit.setBoolProperty(EditWrap, value) { if edit.setBoolProperty(EditWrap, value) {
if GetEditViewType(edit, "") == MultiLineText { if GetEditViewType(edit) == MultiLineText {
if wrap := IsEditViewWrap(edit, ""); wrap != oldWrap { if wrap := IsEditViewWrap(edit); wrap != oldWrap {
if edit.created { if edit.created {
if wrap { if wrap {
updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), "wrap", "soft", edit.session) updateProperty(edit.htmlID(), "wrap", "soft", edit.session)
@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ func (edit *editViewData) get(tag string) any {
} }
func (edit *editViewData) AppendText(text string) { func (edit *editViewData) AppendText(text string) {
if GetEditViewType(edit, "") == MultiLineText { if GetEditViewType(edit) == MultiLineText {
if value := edit.getRaw(Text); value != nil { if value := edit.getRaw(Text); value != nil {
if textValue, ok := value.(string); ok { if textValue, ok := value.(string); ok {
textValue += text textValue += text
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ func (edit *editViewData) AppendText(text string) {
} }
edit.set(Text, text) edit.set(Text, text)
} else { } else {
edit.set(Text, GetText(edit, "")+text) edit.set(Text, GetText(edit)+text)
} }
} }
@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ func (edit *editViewData) textChanged(newText string) {
} }
func (edit *editViewData) htmlTag() string { func (edit *editViewData) htmlTag() string {
if GetEditViewType(edit, "") == MultiLineText { if GetEditViewType(edit) == MultiLineText {
return "textarea" return "textarea"
} }
return "input" return "input"
@ -401,14 +401,14 @@ func (edit *editViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
edit.viewData.htmlProperties(self, buffer) edit.viewData.htmlProperties(self, buffer)
writeSpellcheck := func() { writeSpellcheck := func() {
if spellcheck := IsSpellcheck(edit, ""); spellcheck { if spellcheck := IsSpellcheck(edit); spellcheck {
buffer.WriteString(` spellcheck="true"`) buffer.WriteString(` spellcheck="true"`)
} else { } else {
buffer.WriteString(` spellcheck="false"`) buffer.WriteString(` spellcheck="false"`)
} }
} }
editType := GetEditViewType(edit, "") editType := GetEditViewType(edit)
switch editType { switch editType {
case SingleLineText: case SingleLineText:
buffer.WriteString(` type="text" inputmode="text"`) buffer.WriteString(` type="text" inputmode="text"`)
@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ func (edit *editViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
buffer.WriteString(` type="tel" inputmode="tel"`) buffer.WriteString(` type="tel" inputmode="tel"`)
case MultiLineText: case MultiLineText:
if IsEditViewWrap(edit, "") { if IsEditViewWrap(edit) {
buffer.WriteString(` wrap="soft"`) buffer.WriteString(` wrap="soft"`)
} else { } else {
buffer.WriteString(` wrap="off"`) buffer.WriteString(` wrap="off"`)
@ -438,11 +438,11 @@ func (edit *editViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
writeSpellcheck() writeSpellcheck()
} }
if IsReadOnly(edit, "") { if IsReadOnly(edit) {
buffer.WriteString(` readonly`) buffer.WriteString(` readonly`)
} }
if maxLength := GetMaxLength(edit, ""); maxLength > 0 { if maxLength := GetMaxLength(edit); maxLength > 0 {
buffer.WriteString(` maxlength="`) buffer.WriteString(` maxlength="`)
buffer.WriteString(strconv.Itoa(maxLength)) buffer.WriteString(strconv.Itoa(maxLength))
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
@ -455,21 +455,21 @@ func (edit *editViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
return textToJS(text) return textToJS(text)
} }
if hint := GetHint(edit, ""); hint != "" { if hint := GetHint(edit); hint != "" {
buffer.WriteString(` placeholder="`) buffer.WriteString(` placeholder="`)
buffer.WriteString(convertText(hint)) buffer.WriteString(convertText(hint))
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
} }
buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`) buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`)
if pattern := GetEditViewPattern(edit, ""); pattern != "" { if pattern := GetEditViewPattern(edit); pattern != "" {
buffer.WriteString(` pattern="`) buffer.WriteString(` pattern="`)
buffer.WriteString(convertText(pattern)) buffer.WriteString(convertText(pattern))
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
} }
if editType != MultiLineText { if editType != MultiLineText {
if text := GetText(edit, ""); text != "" { if text := GetText(edit); text != "" {
buffer.WriteString(` value="`) buffer.WriteString(` value="`)
buffer.WriteString(convertText(text)) buffer.WriteString(convertText(text))
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
@ -478,25 +478,25 @@ func (edit *editViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
} }
func (edit *editViewData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (edit *editViewData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if IsDisabled(self, "") { if IsDisabled(self) {
buffer.WriteString(` disabled`) buffer.WriteString(` disabled`)
} }
edit.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer) edit.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer)
} }
func (edit *editViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (edit *editViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if GetEditViewType(edit, "") == MultiLineText { if GetEditViewType(edit) == MultiLineText {
buffer.WriteString(textToJS(GetText(edit, ""))) buffer.WriteString(textToJS(GetText(edit)))
} }
} }
func (edit *editViewData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data DataObject) bool { func (edit *editViewData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data DataObject) bool {
switch command { switch command {
case "textChanged": case "textChanged":
oldText := GetText(edit, "") oldText := GetText(edit)
if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok { if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok {
edit.properties[Text] = text edit.properties[Text] = text
if text := GetText(edit, ""); text != oldText { if text := GetText(edit); text != oldText {
edit.textChanged(text) edit.textChanged(text)
} }
} }
@ -507,10 +507,10 @@ func (edit *editViewData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data DataObje
} }
// GetText returns a text of the EditView subview. // GetText returns a text of the EditView subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a text of the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a text of the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetText(view View, subviewID string) string { func GetText(view View, subviewID ...string) string {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.getRaw(Text); value != nil { if value := view.getRaw(Text); value != nil {
@ -523,10 +523,10 @@ func GetText(view View, subviewID string) string {
} }
// GetHint returns a hint text of the subview. // GetHint returns a hint text of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a text of the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a text of the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetHint(view View, subviewID string) string { func GetHint(view View, subviewID ...string) string {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if text, ok := stringProperty(view, Hint, view.Session()); ok { if text, ok := stringProperty(view, Hint, view.Session()); ok {
@ -544,41 +544,41 @@ func GetHint(view View, subviewID string) string {
} }
// GetMaxLength returns a maximal lenght of EditView. If a maximal lenght is not limited then 0 is returned // GetMaxLength returns a maximal lenght of EditView. If a maximal lenght is not limited then 0 is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetMaxLength(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetMaxLength(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MaxLength, 0) return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MaxLength, 0)
} }
// IsReadOnly returns the true if a EditView works in read only mode. // IsReadOnly returns the true if a EditView works in read only mode.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsReadOnly(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsReadOnly(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ReadOnly, false) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ReadOnly, false)
} }
// IsSpellcheck returns a value of the Spellcheck property of EditView. // IsSpellcheck returns a value of the Spellcheck property of EditView.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsSpellcheck(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsSpellcheck(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Spellcheck, false) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Spellcheck, false)
} }
// GetTextChangedListeners returns the TextChangedListener list of an EditView or MultiLineEditView subview. // GetTextChangedListeners returns the TextChangedListener list of an EditView or MultiLineEditView subview.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(EditView, string) { func GetTextChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(EditView, string) {
return getEventListeners[EditView, string](view, subviewID, EditTextChangedEvent) return getEventListeners[EditView, string](view, subviewID, EditTextChangedEvent)
} }
// GetEditViewType returns a value of the Type property of EditView. // GetEditViewType returns a value of the Type property of EditView.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetEditViewType(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetEditViewType(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, EditViewType, SingleLineText, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, EditViewType, SingleLineText, false)
} }
// GetEditViewPattern returns a value of the Pattern property of EditView. // GetEditViewPattern returns a value of the Pattern property of EditView.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetEditViewPattern(view View, subviewID string) string { func GetEditViewPattern(view View, subviewID ...string) string {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if pattern, ok := stringProperty(view, EditViewPattern, view.Session()); ok { if pattern, ok := stringProperty(view, EditViewPattern, view.Session()); ok {
@ -596,13 +596,13 @@ func GetEditViewPattern(view View, subviewID string) string {
} }
// IsEditViewWrap returns a value of the EditWrap property of MultiLineEditView. // IsEditViewWrap returns a value of the EditWrap property of MultiLineEditView.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsEditViewWrap(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsEditViewWrap(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, EditWrap, false) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, EditWrap, false)
} }
// AppendEditText appends the text to the EditView content. // AppendEditText appends the text to the EditView content.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func AppendEditText(view View, subviewID string, text string) { func AppendEditText(view View, subviewID string, text string) {
if subviewID != "" { if subviewID != "" {
if edit := EditViewByID(view, subviewID); edit != nil { if edit := EditViewByID(view, subviewID); edit != nil {
@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ func AppendEditText(view View, subviewID string, text string) {
} }
// GetCaretColor returns the color of the text input carret. // GetCaretColor returns the color of the text input carret.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetCaretColor(view View, subviewID string) Color { func GetCaretColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color {
return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CaretColor, false) return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CaretColor, false)
} }

31
filePicker.go
View File

@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ func (picker *filePickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder)
} }
buffer.WriteString(` type="file"`) buffer.WriteString(` type="file"`)
if IsMultipleFilePicker(picker, "") { if IsMultipleFilePicker(picker) {
buffer.WriteString(` multiple`) buffer.WriteString(` multiple`)
} }
@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ func (picker *filePickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder)
} }
func (picker *filePickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (picker *filePickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if IsDisabled(self, "") { if IsDisabled(self) {
buffer.WriteString(` disabled`) buffer.WriteString(` disabled`)
} }
picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer) picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer)
@ -334,9 +334,14 @@ func (picker *filePickerData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Data
// GetFilePickerFiles returns the list of FilePicker selected files // GetFilePickerFiles returns the list of FilePicker selected files
// If there are no files selected then an empty slice is returned (the result is always not nil) // If there are no files selected then an empty slice is returned (the result is always not nil)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then selected files of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then selected files of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetFilePickerFiles(view View, subviewID string) []FileInfo { func GetFilePickerFiles(view View, subviewID ...string) []FileInfo {
if picker := FilePickerByID(view, subviewID); picker != nil { subview := ""
if len(subviewID) > 0 {
subview = subviewID[0]
}
if picker := FilePickerByID(view, subview); picker != nil {
return picker.Files() return picker.Files()
} }
return []FileInfo{} return []FileInfo{}
@ -352,16 +357,16 @@ func LoadFilePickerFile(view View, subviewID string, file FileInfo, result func(
} }
// IsMultipleFilePicker returns "true" if multiple files can be selected in the FilePicker, "false" otherwise. // IsMultipleFilePicker returns "true" if multiple files can be selected in the FilePicker, "false" otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsMultipleFilePicker(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsMultipleFilePicker(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Multiple, false) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Multiple, false)
} }
// GetFilePickerAccept returns sets the list of allowed file extensions or MIME types. // GetFilePickerAccept returns sets the list of allowed file extensions or MIME types.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetFilePickerAccept(view View, subviewID string) []string { func GetFilePickerAccept(view View, subviewID ...string) []string {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
accept, ok := stringProperty(view, Accept, view.Session()) accept, ok := stringProperty(view, Accept, view.Session())
@ -383,7 +388,7 @@ func GetFilePickerAccept(view View, subviewID string) []string {
// GetFileSelectedListeners returns the "file-selected-event" listener list. // GetFileSelectedListeners returns the "file-selected-event" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetFileSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(FilePicker, []FileInfo) { func GetFileSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(FilePicker, []FileInfo) {
return getEventListeners[FilePicker, []FileInfo](view, subviewID, FileSelectedEvent) return getEventListeners[FilePicker, []FileInfo](view, subviewID, FileSelectedEvent)
} }

15
focusEvents.go
View File

@ -125,10 +125,11 @@ func (view *viewData) removeFocusListener(tag string) {
} }
} }
func getFocusListeners(view View, subviewID string, tag string) []func(View) { func getFocusListeners(view View, subviewID []string, tag string) []func(View) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(tag); value != nil { if value := view.Get(tag); value != nil {
if result, ok := value.([]func(View)); ok { if result, ok := value.([]func(View)); ok {
@ -148,13 +149,13 @@ func focusEventsHtml(view View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
} }
// GetFocusListeners returns a FocusListener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // GetFocusListeners returns a FocusListener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetFocusListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View) { func GetFocusListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View) {
return getFocusListeners(view, subviewID, FocusEvent) return getFocusListeners(view, subviewID, FocusEvent)
} }
// GetLostFocusListeners returns a LostFocusListener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // GetLostFocusListeners returns a LostFocusListener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetLostFocusListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View) { func GetLostFocusListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View) {
return getFocusListeners(view, subviewID, LostFocusEvent) return getFocusListeners(view, subviewID, LostFocusEvent)
} }

40
gridLayout.go
View File

@ -201,8 +201,8 @@ func (gridLayout *gridLayoutData) Get(tag string) any {
func (gridLayout *gridLayoutData) get(tag string) any { func (gridLayout *gridLayoutData) get(tag string) any {
if tag == Gap { if tag == Gap {
rowGap := GetGridRowGap(gridLayout, "") rowGap := GetGridRowGap(gridLayout)
columnGap := GetGridColumnGap(gridLayout, "") columnGap := GetGridColumnGap(gridLayout)
if rowGap.Equal(columnGap) { if rowGap.Equal(columnGap) {
return rowGap return rowGap
} }
@ -319,29 +319,29 @@ func (gridLayout *gridLayoutData) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) {
*/ */
// GetCellVerticalAlign returns the vertical align of a GridLayout cell content: TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3) // GetCellVerticalAlign returns the vertical align of a GridLayout cell content: TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetCellVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetCellVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CellVerticalAlign, StretchAlign, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CellVerticalAlign, StretchAlign, false)
} }
// GetCellHorizontalAlign returns the vertical align of a GridLayout cell content: LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3) // GetCellHorizontalAlign returns the vertical align of a GridLayout cell content: LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetCellHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetCellHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CellHorizontalAlign, StretchAlign, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CellHorizontalAlign, StretchAlign, false)
} }
// GetGridAutoFlow returns the value of the "grid-auto-flow" property // GetGridAutoFlow returns the value of the "grid-auto-flow" property
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetGridAutoFlow(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetGridAutoFlow(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, GridAutoFlow, 0, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, GridAutoFlow, 0, false)
} }
// GetCellWidth returns the width of a GridLayout cell. If the result is an empty array, then the width is not set. // GetCellWidth returns the width of a GridLayout cell. If the result is an empty array, then the width is not set.
// If the result is a single value array, then the width of all cell is equal. // If the result is a single value array, then the width of all cell is equal.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetCellWidth(view View, subviewID string) []SizeUnit { func GetCellWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) []SizeUnit {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
return gridCellSizes(view, CellWidth, view.Session()) return gridCellSizes(view, CellWidth, view.Session())
@ -351,10 +351,10 @@ func GetCellWidth(view View, subviewID string) []SizeUnit {
// GetCellHeight returns the height of a GridLayout cell. If the result is an empty array, then the height is not set. // GetCellHeight returns the height of a GridLayout cell. If the result is an empty array, then the height is not set.
// If the result is a single value array, then the height of all cell is equal. // If the result is a single value array, then the height of all cell is equal.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetCellHeight(view View, subviewID string) []SizeUnit { func GetCellHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) []SizeUnit {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
return gridCellSizes(view, CellHeight, view.Session()) return gridCellSizes(view, CellHeight, view.Session())
@ -363,13 +363,13 @@ func GetCellHeight(view View, subviewID string) []SizeUnit {
} }
// GetGridRowGap returns the gap between GridLayout rows. // GetGridRowGap returns the gap between GridLayout rows.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetGridRowGap(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetGridRowGap(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, GridRowGap, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, GridRowGap, false)
} }
// GetGridColumnGap returns the gap between GridLayout columns. // GetGridColumnGap returns the gap between GridLayout columns.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetGridColumnGap(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetGridColumnGap(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, GridColumnGap, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, GridColumnGap, false)
} }

34
imageView.go
View File

@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ func (imageView *imageViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builde
} }
} }
if text := GetImageViewAltText(imageView, ""); text != "" { if text := GetImageViewAltText(imageView); text != "" {
buffer.WriteString(` alt="`) buffer.WriteString(` alt="`)
buffer.WriteString(textToJS(text)) buffer.WriteString(textToJS(text))
buffer.WriteString(`"`) buffer.WriteString(`"`)
@ -266,8 +266,8 @@ func (imageView *imageViewData) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) {
builder.add("object-fit", "none") builder.add("object-fit", "none")
} }
vAlign := GetImageViewVerticalAlign(imageView, "") vAlign := GetImageViewVerticalAlign(imageView)
hAlign := GetImageViewHorizontalAlign(imageView, "") hAlign := GetImageViewHorizontalAlign(imageView)
if vAlign != CenterAlign || hAlign != CenterAlign { if vAlign != CenterAlign || hAlign != CenterAlign {
var position string var position string
switch hAlign { switch hAlign {
@ -323,10 +323,10 @@ func (imageView *imageViewData) CurrentSource() string {
} }
// GetImageViewSource returns the image URL of an ImageView subview. // GetImageViewSource returns the image URL of an ImageView subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetImageViewSource(view View, subviewID string) string { func GetImageViewSource(view View, subviewID ...string) string {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -339,10 +339,10 @@ func GetImageViewSource(view View, subviewID string) string {
} }
// GetImageViewAltText returns an alternative text description of an ImageView subview. // GetImageViewAltText returns an alternative text description of an ImageView subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetImageViewAltText(view View, subviewID string) string { func GetImageViewAltText(view View, subviewID ...string) string {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -358,19 +358,19 @@ func GetImageViewAltText(view View, subviewID string) string {
// GetImageViewFit returns how the content of a replaced ImageView subview: // GetImageViewFit returns how the content of a replaced ImageView subview:
// NoneFit (0), ContainFit (1), CoverFit (2), FillFit (3), or ScaleDownFit (4). // NoneFit (0), ContainFit (1), CoverFit (2), FillFit (3), or ScaleDownFit (4).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetImageViewFit(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetImageViewFit(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Fit, NoneFit, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Fit, NoneFit, false)
} }
// GetImageViewVerticalAlign return the vertical align of an ImageView subview: TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2) // GetImageViewVerticalAlign return the vertical align of an ImageView subview: TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetImageViewVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetImageViewVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ImageVerticalAlign, LeftAlign, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ImageVerticalAlign, LeftAlign, false)
} }
// GetImageViewHorizontalAlign return the vertical align of an ImageView subview: LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2) // GetImageViewHorizontalAlign return the vertical align of an ImageView subview: LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetImageViewHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetImageViewHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ImageHorizontalAlign, LeftAlign, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ImageHorizontalAlign, LeftAlign, false)
} }

18
keyEvents.go
View File

@ -227,9 +227,9 @@ func (view *viewData) removeKeyListener(tag string) {
} }
} }
func getEventListeners[V View, E any](view View, subviewID string, tag string) []func(V, E) { func getEventListeners[V View, E any](view View, subviewID []string, tag string) []func(V, E) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(tag); value != nil { if value := view.Get(tag); value != nil {
@ -243,14 +243,14 @@ func getEventListeners[V View, E any](view View, subviewID string, tag string) [
func keyEventsHtml(view View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func keyEventsHtml(view View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
for tag, js := range keyEvents { for tag, js := range keyEvents {
if listeners := getEventListeners[View, KeyEvent](view, "", tag); len(listeners) > 0 { if listeners := getEventListeners[View, KeyEvent](view, nil, tag); len(listeners) > 0 {
buffer.WriteString(js.jsEvent + `="` + js.jsFunc + `(this, event)" `) buffer.WriteString(js.jsEvent + `="` + js.jsFunc + `(this, event)" `)
} }
} }
} }
func handleKeyEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) { func handleKeyEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) {
listeners := getEventListeners[View, KeyEvent](view, "", tag) listeners := getEventListeners[View, KeyEvent](view, nil, tag)
if len(listeners) > 0 { if len(listeners) > 0 {
var event KeyEvent var event KeyEvent
event.init(data) event.init(data)
@ -262,13 +262,13 @@ func handleKeyEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) {
} }
// GetKeyDownListeners returns the "key-down-event" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetKeyDownListeners returns the "key-down-event" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetKeyDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, KeyEvent) { func GetKeyDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, KeyEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, KeyEvent](view, subviewID, KeyDownEvent) return getEventListeners[View, KeyEvent](view, subviewID, KeyDownEvent)
} }
// GetKeyUpListeners returns the "key-up-event" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetKeyUpListeners returns the "key-up-event" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetKeyUpListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, KeyEvent) { func GetKeyUpListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, KeyEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, KeyEvent](view, subviewID, KeyUpEvent) return getEventListeners[View, KeyEvent](view, subviewID, KeyUpEvent)
} }

2
listAdapter.go
View File

@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ func (adapter *viewListAdapter) ListItem(index int, session Session) View {
func (adapter *viewListAdapter) IsListItemEnabled(index int) bool { func (adapter *viewListAdapter) IsListItemEnabled(index int) bool {
if index >= 0 && index < len(adapter.items) { if index >= 0 && index < len(adapter.items) {
return !IsDisabled(adapter.items[index], "") return !IsDisabled(adapter.items[index])
} }
return true return true
} }

48
listLayout.go
View File

@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ func (listLayout *listLayoutData) Get(tag string) any {
func (listLayout *listLayoutData) get(tag string) any { func (listLayout *listLayoutData) get(tag string) any {
if tag == Gap { if tag == Gap {
if rowGap := GetListRowGap(listLayout, ""); rowGap.Equal(GetListColumnGap(listLayout, "")) { if rowGap := GetListRowGap(listLayout); rowGap.Equal(GetListColumnGap(listLayout)) {
return rowGap return rowGap
} }
return AutoSize() return AutoSize()
@ -139,38 +139,24 @@ func (listLayout *listLayoutData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builde
// GetListVerticalAlign returns the vertical align of a ListLayout or ListView sibview: // GetListVerticalAlign returns the vertical align of a ListLayout or ListView sibview:
// TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), or StretchAlign (3) // TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), or StretchAlign (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetListVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if subviewID != "" { return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, VerticalAlign, TopAlign, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view == nil {
return LeftAlign
}
result, _ := enumProperty(view, VerticalAlign, view.Session(), 0)
return result
} }
// GetListHorizontalAlign returns the vertical align of a ListLayout or ListView subview: // GetListHorizontalAlign returns the vertical align of a ListLayout or ListView subview:
// LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), or StretchAlign (3) // LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), or StretchAlign (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetListHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if subviewID != "" { return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, HorizontalAlign, LeftAlign, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view == nil {
return TopAlign
}
result, _ := enumProperty(view, HorizontalAlign, view.Session(), 0)
return result
} }
// GetListOrientation returns the orientation of a ListLayout or ListView subview: // GetListOrientation returns the orientation of a ListLayout or ListView subview:
// TopDownOrientation (0), StartToEndOrientation (1), BottomUpOrientation (2), or EndToStartOrientation (3) // TopDownOrientation (0), StartToEndOrientation (1), BottomUpOrientation (2), or EndToStartOrientation (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListOrientation(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetListOrientation(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -190,19 +176,19 @@ func GetListOrientation(view View, subviewID string) int {
// GetListWrap returns the wrap type of a ListLayout or ListView subview: // GetListWrap returns the wrap type of a ListLayout or ListView subview:
// ListWrapOff (0), ListWrapOn (1), or ListWrapReverse (2) // ListWrapOff (0), ListWrapOn (1), or ListWrapReverse (2)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListWrap(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetListWrap(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ListWrap, ListWrapOff, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ListWrap, ListWrapOff, false)
} }
// GetListRowGap returns the gap between ListLayout or ListView rows. // GetListRowGap returns the gap between ListLayout or ListView rows.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListRowGap(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetListRowGap(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ListRowGap, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ListRowGap, false)
} }
// GetListColumnGap returns the gap between ListLayout or ListView columns. // GetListColumnGap returns the gap between ListLayout or ListView columns.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListColumnGap(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetListColumnGap(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ListColumnGap, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ListColumnGap, false)
} }

241
listView.go
View File

@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ func (listView *listViewData) remove(tag string) {
} }
case Current: case Current:
current := GetCurrent(listView, "") current := GetCurrent(listView)
delete(listView.properties, tag) delete(listView.properties, tag)
if listView.created { if listView.created {
updateInnerHTML(listView.htmlID(), listView.session) updateInnerHTML(listView.htmlID(), listView.session)
@ -264,11 +264,11 @@ func (listView *listViewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
} }
case Current: case Current:
oldCurrent := GetCurrent(listView, "") oldCurrent := GetCurrent(listView)
if !listView.setIntProperty(Current, value) { if !listView.setIntProperty(Current, value) {
return false return false
} }
current := GetCurrent(listView, "") current := GetCurrent(listView)
if oldCurrent == current { if oldCurrent == current {
return true return true
} }
@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ func (listView *listViewData) Get(tag string) any {
func (listView *listViewData) get(tag string) any { func (listView *listViewData) get(tag string) any {
switch tag { switch tag {
case Gap: case Gap:
if rowGap := GetListRowGap(listView, ""); rowGap.Equal(GetListColumnGap(listView, "")) { if rowGap := GetListRowGap(listView); rowGap.Equal(GetListColumnGap(listView)) {
return rowGap return rowGap
} }
return AutoSize() return AutoSize()
@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ func (listView *listViewData) setChecked(value any) bool {
} }
} }
switch GetListViewCheckbox(listView, "") { switch GetListViewCheckbox(listView) {
case SingleCheckbox: case SingleCheckbox:
count := len(checked) count := len(checked)
if count > 1 { if count > 1 {
@ -546,14 +546,14 @@ func (listView *listViewData) getItemFrames() []Frame {
func (listView *listViewData) itemAlign(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (listView *listViewData) itemAlign(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
values := enumProperties[ItemHorizontalAlign].cssValues values := enumProperties[ItemHorizontalAlign].cssValues
if hAlign := GetListItemHorizontalAlign(listView, ""); hAlign >= 0 && hAlign < len(values) { if hAlign := GetListItemHorizontalAlign(listView); hAlign >= 0 && hAlign < len(values) {
buffer.WriteString(" justify-items: ") buffer.WriteString(" justify-items: ")
buffer.WriteString(values[hAlign]) buffer.WriteString(values[hAlign])
buffer.WriteRune(';') buffer.WriteRune(';')
} }
values = enumProperties[ItemVerticalAlign].cssValues values = enumProperties[ItemVerticalAlign].cssValues
if vAlign := GetListItemVerticalAlign(listView, ""); vAlign >= 0 && vAlign < len(values) { if vAlign := GetListItemVerticalAlign(listView); vAlign >= 0 && vAlign < len(values) {
buffer.WriteString(" align-items: ") buffer.WriteString(" align-items: ")
buffer.WriteString(values[vAlign]) buffer.WriteString(values[vAlign])
buffer.WriteRune(';') buffer.WriteRune(';')
@ -561,13 +561,13 @@ func (listView *listViewData) itemAlign(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
} }
func (listView *listViewData) itemSize(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (listView *listViewData) itemSize(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if itemWidth := GetListItemWidth(listView, ""); itemWidth.Type != Auto { if itemWidth := GetListItemWidth(listView); itemWidth.Type != Auto {
buffer.WriteString(` min-width: `) buffer.WriteString(` min-width: `)
buffer.WriteString(itemWidth.cssString("")) buffer.WriteString(itemWidth.cssString(""))
buffer.WriteRune(';') buffer.WriteRune(';')
} }
if itemHeight := GetListItemHeight(listView, ""); itemHeight.Type != Auto { if itemHeight := GetListItemHeight(listView); itemHeight.Type != Auto {
buffer.WriteString(` min-height: `) buffer.WriteString(` min-height: `)
buffer.WriteString(itemHeight.cssString("")) buffer.WriteString(itemHeight.cssString(""))
buffer.WriteRune(';') buffer.WriteRune(';')
@ -719,14 +719,14 @@ func (listView *listViewData) checkboxSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builde
count := listView.adapter.ListSize() count := listView.adapter.ListSize()
listViewID := listView.htmlID() listViewID := listView.htmlID()
hCheckboxAlign := GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(listView, "") hCheckboxAlign := GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(listView)
vCheckboxAlign := GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(listView, "") vCheckboxAlign := GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(listView)
itemDiv := listView.checkboxItemDiv(self, checkbox, hCheckboxAlign, vCheckboxAlign) itemDiv := listView.checkboxItemDiv(self, checkbox, hCheckboxAlign, vCheckboxAlign)
onDiv, offDiv, contentDiv := listView.getDivs(self, checkbox, hCheckboxAlign, vCheckboxAlign) onDiv, offDiv, contentDiv := listView.getDivs(self, checkbox, hCheckboxAlign, vCheckboxAlign)
current := GetCurrent(listView, "") current := GetCurrent(listView)
checkedItems := GetListViewCheckedItems(listView, "") checkedItems := GetListViewCheckedItems(listView)
for i := 0; i < count; i++ { for i := 0; i < count; i++ {
buffer.WriteString(`<div id="`) buffer.WriteString(`<div id="`)
buffer.WriteString(listViewID) buffer.WriteString(listViewID)
@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ func (listView *listViewData) noneCheckboxSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Bu
itemStyleBuilder.WriteString(`" onclick="listItemClickEvent(this, event)"`) itemStyleBuilder.WriteString(`" onclick="listItemClickEvent(this, event)"`)
itemStyle := itemStyleBuilder.String() itemStyle := itemStyleBuilder.String()
current := GetCurrent(listView, "") current := GetCurrent(listView)
for i := 0; i < count; i++ { for i := 0; i < count; i++ {
buffer.WriteString(`<div id="`) buffer.WriteString(`<div id="`)
buffer.WriteString(listViewID) buffer.WriteString(listViewID)
@ -811,9 +811,9 @@ func (listView *listViewData) noneCheckboxSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Bu
func (listView *listViewData) updateCheckboxItem(index int, checked bool) { func (listView *listViewData) updateCheckboxItem(index int, checked bool) {
checkbox := GetListViewCheckbox(listView, "") checkbox := GetListViewCheckbox(listView)
hCheckboxAlign := GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(listView, "") hCheckboxAlign := GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(listView)
vCheckboxAlign := GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(listView, "") vCheckboxAlign := GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(listView)
onDiv, offDiv, contentDiv := listView.getDivs(listView, checkbox, hCheckboxAlign, vCheckboxAlign) onDiv, offDiv, contentDiv := listView.getDivs(listView, checkbox, hCheckboxAlign, vCheckboxAlign)
buffer := allocStringBuilder() buffer := allocStringBuilder()
@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ func (listView *listViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder)
buffer.WriteString(`" data-bluritemstyle="`) buffer.WriteString(`" data-bluritemstyle="`)
buffer.WriteString(listView.currentInactiveStyle()) buffer.WriteString(listView.currentInactiveStyle())
buffer.WriteString(`"`) buffer.WriteString(`"`)
current := GetCurrent(listView, "") current := GetCurrent(listView)
if listView.adapter != nil && current >= 0 && current < listView.adapter.ListSize() { if listView.adapter != nil && current >= 0 && current < listView.adapter.ListSize() {
buffer.WriteString(` data-current="`) buffer.WriteString(` data-current="`)
buffer.WriteString(listView.htmlID()) buffer.WriteString(listView.htmlID())
@ -871,8 +871,8 @@ func (listView *listViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder)
func (listView *listViewData) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) { func (listView *listViewData) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) {
listView.viewData.cssStyle(self, builder) listView.viewData.cssStyle(self, builder)
if GetListWrap(listView, "") != WrapOff { if GetListWrap(listView) != WrapOff {
switch GetListOrientation(listView, "") { switch GetListOrientation(listView) {
case TopDownOrientation, BottomUpOrientation: case TopDownOrientation, BottomUpOrientation:
builder.add(`max-height`, `100%`) builder.add(`max-height`, `100%`)
default: default:
@ -894,20 +894,20 @@ func (listView *listViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
buffer.WriteString(`<div style="display: flex; align-content: stretch;`) buffer.WriteString(`<div style="display: flex; align-content: stretch;`)
if gap := GetListRowGap(listView, ""); gap.Type != Auto { if gap := GetListRowGap(listView); gap.Type != Auto {
buffer.WriteString(` row-gap: `) buffer.WriteString(` row-gap: `)
buffer.WriteString(gap.cssString("0")) buffer.WriteString(gap.cssString("0"))
buffer.WriteRune(';') buffer.WriteRune(';')
} }
if gap := GetListColumnGap(listView, ""); gap.Type != Auto { if gap := GetListColumnGap(listView); gap.Type != Auto {
buffer.WriteString(` column-gap: `) buffer.WriteString(` column-gap: `)
buffer.WriteString(gap.cssString("0")) buffer.WriteString(gap.cssString("0"))
buffer.WriteRune(';') buffer.WriteRune(';')
} }
wrap := GetListWrap(listView, "") wrap := GetListWrap(listView)
orientation := GetListOrientation(listView, "") orientation := GetListOrientation(listView)
rows := (orientation == StartToEndOrientation || orientation == EndToStartOrientation) rows := (orientation == StartToEndOrientation || orientation == EndToStartOrientation)
if rows { if rows {
@ -948,7 +948,7 @@ func (listView *listViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
} }
value := "" value := ""
switch enumStyledProperty(listView, "", HorizontalAlign, LeftAlign, false) { switch GetListHorizontalAlign(listView) {
case LeftAlign: case LeftAlign:
if (!rows && wrap == ListWrapReverse) || orientation == EndToStartOrientation { if (!rows && wrap == ListWrapReverse) || orientation == EndToStartOrientation {
value = `flex-end` value = `flex-end`
@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ func (listView *listViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
} }
value = "" value = ""
switch enumStyledProperty(listView, "", VerticalAlign, TopAlign, false) { switch GetListVerticalAlign(listView) {
case TopAlign: case TopAlign:
if (rows && wrap == ListWrapReverse) || orientation == BottomUpOrientation { if (rows && wrap == ListWrapReverse) || orientation == BottomUpOrientation {
value = `flex-end` value = `flex-end`
@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ func (listView *listViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
buffer.WriteString(`">`) buffer.WriteString(`">`)
checkbox := GetListViewCheckbox(listView, "") checkbox := GetListViewCheckbox(listView)
if checkbox == NoneCheckbox { if checkbox == NoneCheckbox {
listView.noneCheckboxSubviews(self, buffer) listView.noneCheckboxSubviews(self, buffer)
} else { } else {
@ -1056,9 +1056,9 @@ func (listView *listViewData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Data
} }
func (listView *listViewData) onItemClick() { func (listView *listViewData) onItemClick() {
current := GetCurrent(listView, "") current := GetCurrent(listView)
if current >= 0 && !IsDisabled(listView, "") { if current >= 0 && !IsDisabled(listView) {
checkbox := GetListViewCheckbox(listView, "") checkbox := GetListViewCheckbox(listView)
m: m:
switch checkbox { switch checkbox {
case SingleCheckbox: case SingleCheckbox:
@ -1117,117 +1117,67 @@ func (listView *listViewData) onItemResize(self View, index string, x, y, width,
} }
// GetVerticalAlign return the vertical align of a list: TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3) // GetVerticalAlign return the vertical align of a list: TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, VerticalAlign, TopAlign, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, VerticalAlign, TopAlign, false)
} }
// GetHorizontalAlign return the vertical align of a list/checkbox: LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3) // GetHorizontalAlign return the vertical align of a list/checkbox: LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, HorizontalAlign, LeftAlign, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, HorizontalAlign, LeftAlign, false)
} }
// GetListItemClickedListeners returns a ListItemClickedListener of the ListView. // GetListItemClickedListeners returns a ListItemClickedListener of the ListView.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListItemClickedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ListView, int) { func GetListItemClickedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ListView, int) {
if subviewID != "" { return getEventListeners[ListView, int](view, subviewID, ListItemClickedEvent)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(ListItemClickedEvent); value != nil {
if result, ok := value.([]func(ListView, int)); ok {
return result
}
}
}
return []func(ListView, int){}
} }
// GetListItemSelectedListeners returns a ListItemSelectedListener of the ListView. // GetListItemSelectedListeners returns a ListItemSelectedListener of the ListView.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListItemSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ListView, int) { func GetListItemSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ListView, int) {
if subviewID != "" { return getEventListeners[ListView, int](view, subviewID, ListItemSelectedEvent)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(ListItemSelectedEvent); value != nil {
if result, ok := value.([]func(ListView, int)); ok {
return result
}
}
}
return []func(ListView, int){}
} }
// GetListItemCheckedListeners returns a ListItemCheckedListener of the ListView. // GetListItemCheckedListeners returns a ListItemCheckedListener of the ListView.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListItemCheckedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(ListView, []int) { func GetListItemCheckedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(ListView, []int) {
if subviewID != "" { return getEventListeners[ListView, []int](view, subviewID, ListItemCheckedEvent)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(ListItemCheckedEvent); value != nil {
if result, ok := value.([]func(ListView, []int)); ok {
return result
}
}
}
return []func(ListView, []int){}
} }
// GetListItemWidth returns the width of a ListView item. // GetListItemWidth returns the width of a ListView item.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListItemWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetListItemWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
if subviewID != "" { return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ItemWidth, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
result, _ := sizeProperty(view, ItemWidth, view.Session())
return result
}
return AutoSize()
} }
// GetListItemHeight returns the height of a ListView item. // GetListItemHeight returns the height of a ListView item.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListItemHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetListItemHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
if subviewID != "" { return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ItemHeight, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
result, _ := sizeProperty(view, ItemHeight, view.Session())
return result
}
return AutoSize()
} }
// GetListViewCheckbox returns the ListView checkbox type: NoneCheckbox (0), SingleCheckbox (1), or MultipleCheckbox (2). // GetListViewCheckbox returns the ListView checkbox type: NoneCheckbox (0), SingleCheckbox (1), or MultipleCheckbox (2).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListViewCheckbox(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetListViewCheckbox(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if subviewID != "" { return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ItemCheckbox, 0, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
result, _ := enumProperty(view, ItemCheckbox, view.Session(), 0)
return result
}
return 0
} }
// GetListViewCheckedItems returns the array of ListView checked items. // GetListViewCheckedItems returns the array of ListView checked items.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListViewCheckedItems(view View, subviewID string) []int { func GetListViewCheckedItems(view View, subviewID ...string) []int {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if listView, ok := view.(ListView); ok { if listView, ok := view.(ListView); ok {
checkedItems := listView.getCheckedItems() checkedItems := listView.getCheckedItems()
switch GetListViewCheckbox(view, "") { switch GetListViewCheckbox(view) {
case NoneCheckbox: case NoneCheckbox:
return []int{} return []int{}
@ -1256,66 +1206,34 @@ func IsListViewCheckedItem(view View, subviewID string, index int) bool {
// GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign returns the vertical align of the ListView checkbox: // GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign returns the vertical align of the ListView checkbox:
// TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2) // TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetListViewCheckboxVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if subviewID != "" { return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CheckboxVerticalAlign, TopAlign, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if align, ok := enumProperty(view, CheckboxVerticalAlign, view.Session(), TopAlign); ok {
return align
}
}
return TopAlign
} }
// GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign returns the horizontal align of the ListView checkbox: // GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign returns the horizontal align of the ListView checkbox:
// LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2) // LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetListViewCheckboxHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if subviewID != "" { return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, CheckboxHorizontalAlign, LeftAlign, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if align, ok := enumProperty(view, CheckboxHorizontalAlign, view.Session(), LeftAlign); ok {
return align
}
}
return LeftAlign
} }
// GetListItemVerticalAlign returns the vertical align of the ListView item content: // GetListItemVerticalAlign returns the vertical align of the ListView item content:
// TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2) // TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListItemVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetListItemVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if subviewID != "" { return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ItemVerticalAlign, TopAlign, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if align, ok := enumProperty(view, ItemVerticalAlign, view.Session(), TopAlign); ok {
return align
}
}
return TopAlign
} }
// ItemHorizontalAlign returns the horizontal align of the ListView item content: // ItemHorizontalAlign returns the horizontal align of the ListView item content:
// LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3) // LeftAlign (0), RightAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), StretchAlign (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListItemHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetListItemHorizontalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if subviewID != "" { return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ItemHorizontalAlign, LeftAlign, false)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if align, ok := enumProperty(view, ItemHorizontalAlign, view.Session(), LeftAlign); ok {
return align
}
}
return LeftAlign
} }
// GetListItemFrame - returns the location and size of the ListView item in pixels. // GetListItemFrame - returns the location and size of the ListView item in pixels.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListItemFrame(view View, subviewID string, index int) Frame { func GetListItemFrame(view View, subviewID string, index int) Frame {
if subviewID != "" { if subviewID != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
@ -1332,10 +1250,10 @@ func GetListItemFrame(view View, subviewID string, index int) Frame {
} }
// GetListViewAdapter - returns the ListView adapter. // GetListViewAdapter - returns the ListView adapter.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetListViewAdapter(view View, subviewID string) ListAdapter { func GetListViewAdapter(view View, subviewID ...string) ListAdapter {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(Items); value != nil { if value := view.Get(Items); value != nil {
@ -1348,11 +1266,12 @@ func GetListViewAdapter(view View, subviewID string) ListAdapter {
} }
// ReloadListViewData updates ListView content // ReloadListViewData updates ListView content
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then content the first argument (view) is updated. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then content the first argument (view) is updated.
func ReloadListViewData(view View, subviewID string) { func ReloadListViewData(view View, subviewID ...string) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if listView, ok := view.(ListView); ok { if listView, ok := view.(ListView); ok {
listView.ReloadListViewData() listView.ReloadListViewData()

34
mouseEvents.go
View File

@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ func (event *MouseEvent) init(data DataObject) {
} }
func handleMouseEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) { func handleMouseEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) {
listeners := getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, "", tag) listeners := getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, nil, tag)
if len(listeners) > 0 { if len(listeners) > 0 {
var event MouseEvent var event MouseEvent
event.init(data) event.init(data)
@ -236,50 +236,50 @@ func handleMouseEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) {
} }
// GetClickListeners returns the "click-event" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetClickListeners returns the "click-event" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetClickListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) { func GetClickListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, ClickEvent) return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, ClickEvent)
} }
// GetDoubleClickListeners returns the "double-click-event" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetDoubleClickListeners returns the "double-click-event" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetDoubleClickListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) { func GetDoubleClickListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, DoubleClickEvent) return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, DoubleClickEvent)
} }
// GetContextMenuListeners returns the "context-menu" listener list. // GetContextMenuListeners returns the "context-menu" listener list.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetContextMenuListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) { func GetContextMenuListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, ContextMenuEvent) return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, ContextMenuEvent)
} }
// GetMouseDownListeners returns the "mouse-down" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetMouseDownListeners returns the "mouse-down" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetMouseDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) { func GetMouseDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseDown) return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseDown)
} }
// GetMouseUpListeners returns the "mouse-up" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetMouseUpListeners returns the "mouse-up" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetMouseUpListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) { func GetMouseUpListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseUp) return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseUp)
} }
// GetMouseMoveListeners returns the "mouse-move" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetMouseMoveListeners returns the "mouse-move" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetMouseMoveListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) { func GetMouseMoveListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseMove) return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseMove)
} }
// GetMouseOverListeners returns the "mouse-over" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetMouseOverListeners returns the "mouse-over" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetMouseOverListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) { func GetMouseOverListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseOver) return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseOver)
} }
// GetMouseOutListeners returns the "mouse-out" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetMouseOutListeners returns the "mouse-out" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetMouseOutListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, MouseEvent) { func GetMouseOutListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, MouseEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseOut) return getEventListeners[View, MouseEvent](view, subviewID, MouseOut)
} }

71
numberPicker.go
View File

@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ func (picker *numberPickerData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
return true return true
case NumberPickerValue: case NumberPickerValue:
oldValue := GetNumberPickerValue(picker, "") oldValue := GetNumberPickerValue(picker)
min, max := GetNumberPickerMinMax(picker, "") min, max := GetNumberPickerMinMax(picker)
if picker.setFloatProperty(NumberPickerValue, value, min, max) { if picker.setFloatProperty(NumberPickerValue, value, min, max) {
if f, ok := floatProperty(picker, NumberPickerValue, picker.Session(), min); ok && f != oldValue { if f, ok := floatProperty(picker, NumberPickerValue, picker.Session(), min); ok && f != oldValue {
newValue, _ := floatTextProperty(picker, NumberPickerValue, picker.Session(), min) newValue, _ := floatTextProperty(picker, NumberPickerValue, picker.Session(), min)
@ -140,29 +140,29 @@ func (picker *numberPickerData) propertyChanged(tag string) {
if picker.created { if picker.created {
switch tag { switch tag {
case NumberPickerType: case NumberPickerType:
if GetNumberPickerType(picker, "") == NumberSlider { if GetNumberPickerType(picker) == NumberSlider {
updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), "type", "range", picker.session) updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), "type", "range", picker.session)
} else { } else {
updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), "type", "number", picker.session) updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), "type", "number", picker.session)
} }
case NumberPickerMin: case NumberPickerMin:
min, _ := GetNumberPickerMinMax(picker, "") min, _ := GetNumberPickerMinMax(picker)
updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Min, strconv.FormatFloat(min, 'f', -1, 32), picker.session) updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Min, strconv.FormatFloat(min, 'f', -1, 32), picker.session)
case NumberPickerMax: case NumberPickerMax:
_, max := GetNumberPickerMinMax(picker, "") _, max := GetNumberPickerMinMax(picker)
updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Max, strconv.FormatFloat(max, 'f', -1, 32), picker.session) updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Max, strconv.FormatFloat(max, 'f', -1, 32), picker.session)
case NumberPickerStep: case NumberPickerStep:
if step := GetNumberPickerStep(picker, ""); step > 0 { if step := GetNumberPickerStep(picker); step > 0 {
updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Step, strconv.FormatFloat(step, 'f', -1, 32), picker.session) updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Step, strconv.FormatFloat(step, 'f', -1, 32), picker.session)
} else { } else {
updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Step, "any", picker.session) updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Step, "any", picker.session)
} }
case NumberPickerValue: case NumberPickerValue:
value := GetNumberPickerValue(picker, "") value := GetNumberPickerValue(picker)
picker.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%f')`, picker.htmlID(), value)) picker.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%f')`, picker.htmlID(), value))
for _, listener := range picker.numberChangedListeners { for _, listener := range picker.numberChangedListeners {
listener(picker, value) listener(picker, value)
@ -192,13 +192,13 @@ func (picker *numberPickerData) htmlTag() string {
func (picker *numberPickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (picker *numberPickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
picker.viewData.htmlProperties(self, buffer) picker.viewData.htmlProperties(self, buffer)
if GetNumberPickerType(picker, "") == NumberSlider { if GetNumberPickerType(picker) == NumberSlider {
buffer.WriteString(` type="range"`) buffer.WriteString(` type="range"`)
} else { } else {
buffer.WriteString(` type="number"`) buffer.WriteString(` type="number"`)
} }
min, max := GetNumberPickerMinMax(picker, "") min, max := GetNumberPickerMinMax(picker)
if min != math.Inf(-1) { if min != math.Inf(-1) {
buffer.WriteString(` min="`) buffer.WriteString(` min="`)
buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(min, 'f', -1, 64)) buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(min, 'f', -1, 64))
@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ func (picker *numberPickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builde
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
} }
step := GetNumberPickerStep(picker, "") step := GetNumberPickerStep(picker)
if step != 0 { if step != 0 {
buffer.WriteString(` step="`) buffer.WriteString(` step="`)
buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(step, 'f', -1, 64)) buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(step, 'f', -1, 64))
@ -221,14 +221,14 @@ func (picker *numberPickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builde
} }
buffer.WriteString(` value="`) buffer.WriteString(` value="`)
buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(GetNumberPickerValue(picker, ""), 'f', -1, 64)) buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(GetNumberPickerValue(picker), 'f', -1, 64))
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`) buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`)
} }
func (picker *numberPickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (picker *numberPickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if IsDisabled(self, "") { if IsDisabled(self) {
buffer.WriteString(` disabled`) buffer.WriteString(` disabled`)
} }
picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer) picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer)
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ func (picker *numberPickerData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Da
case "textChanged": case "textChanged":
if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok { if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok {
if value, err := strconv.ParseFloat(text, 32); err == nil { if value, err := strconv.ParseFloat(text, 32); err == nil {
oldValue := GetNumberPickerValue(picker, "") oldValue := GetNumberPickerValue(picker)
picker.properties[NumberPickerValue] = text picker.properties[NumberPickerValue] = text
if value != oldValue { if value != oldValue {
for _, listener := range picker.numberChangedListeners { for _, listener := range picker.numberChangedListeners {
@ -257,16 +257,23 @@ func (picker *numberPickerData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Da
// GetNumberPickerType returns the type of NumberPicker subview. Valid values: // GetNumberPickerType returns the type of NumberPicker subview. Valid values:
// NumberEditor (0) - NumberPicker is presented by editor (default type); // NumberEditor (0) - NumberPicker is presented by editor (default type);
// NumberSlider (1) - NumberPicker is presented by slider. // NumberSlider (1) - NumberPicker is presented by slider.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetNumberPickerType(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetNumberPickerType(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, NumberPickerType, NumberEditor, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, NumberPickerType, NumberEditor, false)
} }
// GetNumberPickerMinMax returns the min and max value of NumberPicker subview. // GetNumberPickerMinMax returns the min and max value of NumberPicker subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetNumberPickerMinMax(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64) { func GetNumberPickerMinMax(view View, subviewID ...string) (float64, float64) {
var pickerType int
if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
pickerType = GetNumberPickerType(view, subviewID[0])
} else {
pickerType = GetNumberPickerType(view)
}
var defMin, defMax float64 var defMin, defMax float64
if GetNumberPickerType(view, subviewID) == NumberSlider { if pickerType == NumberSlider {
defMin = 0 defMin = 0
defMax = 1 defMax = 1
} else { } else {
@ -284,9 +291,15 @@ func GetNumberPickerMinMax(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64) {
} }
// GetNumberPickerStep returns the value changing step of NumberPicker subview. // GetNumberPickerStep returns the value changing step of NumberPicker subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetNumberPickerStep(view View, subviewID string) float64 { func GetNumberPickerStep(view View, subviewID ...string) float64 {
_, max := GetNumberPickerMinMax(view, subviewID) var max float64
if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
_, max = GetNumberPickerMinMax(view, subviewID[0])
} else {
_, max = GetNumberPickerMinMax(view)
}
result := floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, NumberPickerStep, 0) result := floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, NumberPickerStep, 0)
if result > max { if result > max {
return max return max
@ -295,16 +308,22 @@ func GetNumberPickerStep(view View, subviewID string) float64 {
} }
// GetNumberPickerValue returns the value of NumberPicker subview. // GetNumberPickerValue returns the value of NumberPicker subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetNumberPickerValue(view View, subviewID string) float64 { func GetNumberPickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) float64 {
min, _ := GetNumberPickerMinMax(view, subviewID) var min float64
if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
min, _ = GetNumberPickerMinMax(view, subviewID[0])
} else {
min, _ = GetNumberPickerMinMax(view)
}
result := floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, NumberPickerValue, min) result := floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, NumberPickerValue, min)
return result return result
} }
// GetNumberChangedListeners returns the NumberChangedListener list of an NumberPicker subview. // GetNumberChangedListeners returns the NumberChangedListener list of an NumberPicker subview.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetNumberChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(NumberPicker, float64) { func GetNumberChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(NumberPicker, float64) {
return getEventListeners[NumberPicker, float64](view, subviewID, NumberChangedEvent) return getEventListeners[NumberPicker, float64](view, subviewID, NumberChangedEvent)
} }

26
pointerEvents.go
View File

@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ func (event *PointerEvent) init(data DataObject) {
} }
func handlePointerEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) { func handlePointerEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) {
listeners := getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, "", tag) listeners := getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, nil, tag)
if len(listeners) == 0 { if len(listeners) == 0 {
return return
} }
@ -166,37 +166,37 @@ func handlePointerEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) {
} }
// GetPointerDownListeners returns the "pointer-down" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetPointerDownListeners returns the "pointer-down" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetPointerDownListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) { func GetPointerDownListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerDown) return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerDown)
} }
// GetPointerUpListeners returns the "pointer-up" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetPointerUpListeners returns the "pointer-up" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetPointerUpListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) { func GetPointerUpListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerUp) return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerUp)
} }
// GetPointerMoveListeners returns the "pointer-move" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetPointerMoveListeners returns the "pointer-move" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetPointerMoveListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) { func GetPointerMoveListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerMove) return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerMove)
} }
// GetPointerCancelListeners returns the "pointer-cancel" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetPointerCancelListeners returns the "pointer-cancel" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetPointerCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) { func GetPointerCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerCancel) return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerCancel)
} }
// GetPointerOverListeners returns the "pointer-over" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetPointerOverListeners returns the "pointer-over" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetPointerOverListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) { func GetPointerOverListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerOver) return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerOver)
} }
// GetPointerOutListeners returns the "pointer-out" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetPointerOutListeners returns the "pointer-out" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetPointerOutListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, PointerEvent) { func GetPointerOutListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, PointerEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerOut) return getEventListeners[View, PointerEvent](view, subviewID, PointerOut)
} }

8
popup.go
View File

@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ type popupArrow struct {
func (arrow *popupArrow) fixOff(popupView View) { func (arrow *popupArrow) fixOff(popupView View) {
if arrow.align == CenterAlign && arrow.off.Type == Auto { if arrow.align == CenterAlign && arrow.off.Type == Auto {
r := GetRadius(popupView, "") r := GetRadius(popupView)
switch arrow.location { switch arrow.location {
case TopArrow: case TopArrow:
switch arrow.align { switch arrow.align {
@ -176,13 +176,13 @@ func (arrow *popupArrow) createView(popupView View) View {
arrow.width = defaultSize("ruiArrowWidth", Px(16)) arrow.width = defaultSize("ruiArrowWidth", Px(16))
} }
params := Params{BackgroundColor: GetBackgroundColor(popupView, "")} params := Params{BackgroundColor: GetBackgroundColor(popupView)}
if shadow := GetViewShadows(popupView, ""); shadow != nil { if shadow := GetViewShadows(popupView); shadow != nil {
params[Shadow] = shadow params[Shadow] = shadow
} }
if filter := GetBackdropFilter(popupView, ""); filter != nil { if filter := GetBackdropFilter(popupView); filter != nil {
params[BackdropFilter] = filter params[BackdropFilter] = filter
} }

16
progressBar.go
View File

@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ func (progress *progressBarData) propertyChanged(tag string) {
if progress.created { if progress.created {
switch tag { switch tag {
case ProgressBarMax: case ProgressBarMax:
updateProperty(progress.htmlID(), Max, strconv.FormatFloat(GetProgressBarMax(progress, ""), 'f', -1, 32), progress.session) updateProperty(progress.htmlID(), Max, strconv.FormatFloat(GetProgressBarMax(progress), 'f', -1, 32), progress.session)
case ProgressBarValue: case ProgressBarValue:
updateProperty(progress.htmlID(), Value, strconv.FormatFloat(GetProgressBarValue(progress, ""), 'f', -1, 32), progress.session) updateProperty(progress.htmlID(), Value, strconv.FormatFloat(GetProgressBarValue(progress), 'f', -1, 32), progress.session)
} }
} }
} }
@ -97,22 +97,22 @@ func (progress *progressBarData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Build
progress.viewData.htmlProperties(self, buffer) progress.viewData.htmlProperties(self, buffer)
buffer.WriteString(` max="`) buffer.WriteString(` max="`)
buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(GetProgressBarMax(progress, ""), 'f', -1, 64)) buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(GetProgressBarMax(progress), 'f', -1, 64))
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
buffer.WriteString(` value="`) buffer.WriteString(` value="`)
buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(GetProgressBarValue(progress, ""), 'f', -1, 64)) buffer.WriteString(strconv.FormatFloat(GetProgressBarValue(progress), 'f', -1, 64))
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
} }
// GetProgressBarMax returns the max value of ProgressBar subview. // GetProgressBarMax returns the max value of ProgressBar subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetProgressBarMax(view View, subviewID string) float64 { func GetProgressBarMax(view View, subviewID ...string) float64 {
return floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ProgressBarMax, 1) return floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ProgressBarMax, 1)
} }
// GetProgressBarValue returns the value of ProgressBar subview. // GetProgressBarValue returns the value of ProgressBar subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetProgressBarValue(view View, subviewID string) float64 { func GetProgressBarValue(view View, subviewID ...string) float64 {
return floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ProgressBarValue, 0) return floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ProgressBarValue, 0)
} }

21
resizeEvent.go
View File

@ -3,9 +3,12 @@ package rui
// ResizeEvent is the constant for "resize-event" property tag. // ResizeEvent is the constant for "resize-event" property tag.
// The "resize-event" is fired when the view changes its size. // The "resize-event" is fired when the view changes its size.
// The main listener format: // The main listener format:
// func(View, Frame). //
// func(View, Frame).
//
// The additional listener formats: // The additional listener formats:
// func(Frame), func(View), and func(). //
// func(Frame), func(View), and func().
const ResizeEvent = "resize-event" const ResizeEvent = "resize-event"
func (view *viewData) onResize(self View, x, y, width, height float64) { func (view *viewData) onResize(self View, x, y, width, height float64) {
@ -13,7 +16,7 @@ func (view *viewData) onResize(self View, x, y, width, height float64) {
view.frame.Top = y view.frame.Top = y
view.frame.Width = width view.frame.Width = width
view.frame.Height = height view.frame.Height = height
for _, listener := range GetResizeListeners(view, "") { for _, listener := range GetResizeListeners(view) {
listener(self, view.frame) listener(self, view.frame)
} }
} }
@ -62,10 +65,10 @@ func (view *viewData) Frame() Frame {
} }
// GetViewFrame returns the size and location of view's viewport. // GetViewFrame returns the size and location of view's viewport.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then the value of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then the value of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetViewFrame(view View, subviewID string) Frame { func GetViewFrame(view View, subviewID ...string) Frame {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return Frame{} return Frame{}
@ -74,7 +77,7 @@ func GetViewFrame(view View, subviewID string) Frame {
} }
// GetResizeListeners returns the list of "resize-event" listeners. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // GetResizeListeners returns the list of "resize-event" listeners. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then the listeners list of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then the listeners list of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetResizeListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, Frame) { func GetResizeListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, Frame) {
return getEventListeners[View, Frame](view, subviewID, ResizeEvent) return getEventListeners[View, Frame](view, subviewID, ResizeEvent)
} }

37
scrollEvent.go
View File

@ -5,9 +5,12 @@ import "fmt"
// ScrollEvent is the constant for "scroll-event" property tag. // ScrollEvent is the constant for "scroll-event" property tag.
// The "scroll-event" is fired when the content of the view is scrolled. // The "scroll-event" is fired when the content of the view is scrolled.
// The main listener format: // The main listener format:
// func(View, Frame). //
// func(View, Frame).
//
// The additional listener formats: // The additional listener formats:
// func(Frame), func(View), and func(). //
// func(Frame), func(View), and func().
const ScrollEvent = "scroll-event" const ScrollEvent = "scroll-event"
func (view *viewData) onScroll(self View, x, y, width, height float64) { func (view *viewData) onScroll(self View, x, y, width, height float64) {
@ -15,7 +18,7 @@ func (view *viewData) onScroll(self View, x, y, width, height float64) {
view.scroll.Top = y view.scroll.Top = y
view.scroll.Width = width view.scroll.Width = width
view.scroll.Height = height view.scroll.Height = height
for _, listener := range GetScrollListeners(view, "") { for _, listener := range GetScrollListeners(view) {
listener(self, view.scroll) listener(self, view.scroll)
} }
} }
@ -32,10 +35,10 @@ func (view *viewData) setScroll(x, y, width, height float64) {
} }
// GetViewScroll returns ... // GetViewScroll returns ...
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetViewScroll(view View, subviewID string) Frame { func GetViewScroll(view View, subviewID ...string) Frame {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return Frame{} return Frame{}
@ -44,8 +47,8 @@ func GetViewScroll(view View, subviewID string) Frame {
} }
// GetScrollListeners returns the list of "scroll-event" listeners. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // GetScrollListeners returns the list of "scroll-event" listeners. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then the listeners list of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then the listeners list of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetScrollListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, Frame) { func GetScrollListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, Frame) {
return getEventListeners[View, Frame](view, subviewID, ResizeEvent) return getEventListeners[View, Frame](view, subviewID, ResizeEvent)
} }
@ -61,10 +64,10 @@ func ScrollViewTo(view View, subviewID string, x, y float64) {
} }
// ScrollViewToEnd scrolls the view's content to the start of view. // ScrollViewToEnd scrolls the view's content to the start of view.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then the first argument (view) is used // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then the first argument (view) is used
func ScrollViewToStart(view View, subviewID string) { func ScrollViewToStart(view View, subviewID ...string) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
view.Session().runScript(`scrollToStart("` + view.htmlID() + `")`) view.Session().runScript(`scrollToStart("` + view.htmlID() + `")`)
@ -72,10 +75,10 @@ func ScrollViewToStart(view View, subviewID string) {
} }
// ScrollViewToEnd scrolls the view's content to the end of view. // ScrollViewToEnd scrolls the view's content to the end of view.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then the first argument (view) is used // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then the first argument (view) is used
func ScrollViewToEnd(view View, subviewID string) { func ScrollViewToEnd(view View, subviewID ...string) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
view.Session().runScript(`scrollToEnd("` + view.htmlID() + `")`) view.Session().runScript(`scrollToEnd("` + view.htmlID() + `")`)

14
tableView.go
View File

@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ func (table *tableViewData) normalizeTag(tag string) string {
} }
func (table *tableViewData) Focusable() bool { func (table *tableViewData) Focusable() bool {
return GetTableSelectionMode(table, "") != NoneSelection return GetTableSelectionMode(table) != NoneSelection
} }
func (table *tableViewData) Get(tag string) any { func (table *tableViewData) Get(tag string) any {
@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ func (table *tableViewData) propertyChanged(tag string) {
htmlID := table.htmlID() htmlID := table.htmlID()
session := table.Session() session := table.Session()
switch GetTableSelectionMode(table, "") { switch GetTableSelectionMode(table) {
case CellSelection: case CellSelection:
updateProperty(htmlID, "tabindex", "0", session) updateProperty(htmlID, "tabindex", "0", session)
updateProperty(htmlID, "onfocus", "tableViewFocusEvent(this, event)", session) updateProperty(htmlID, "onfocus", "tableViewFocusEvent(this, event)", session)
@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ func (table *tableViewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
buffer.WriteRune('"') buffer.WriteRune('"')
} }
if selectionMode := GetTableSelectionMode(table, ""); selectionMode != NoneSelection { if selectionMode := GetTableSelectionMode(table); selectionMode != NoneSelection {
buffer.WriteString(` onfocus="tableViewFocusEvent(this, event)" onblur="tableViewBlurEvent(this, event)" data-focusitemstyle="`) buffer.WriteString(` onfocus="tableViewFocusEvent(this, event)" onblur="tableViewBlurEvent(this, event)" data-focusitemstyle="`)
buffer.WriteString(table.currentStyle()) buffer.WriteString(table.currentStyle())
buffer.WriteString(`" data-bluritemstyle="`) buffer.WriteString(`" data-bluritemstyle="`)
@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ func (table *tableViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
view.Init(session) view.Init(session)
ignorCells := []struct{ row, column int }{} ignorCells := []struct{ row, column int }{}
selectionMode := GetTableSelectionMode(table, "") selectionMode := GetTableSelectionMode(table)
var allowCellSelection TableAllowCellSelection = nil var allowCellSelection TableAllowCellSelection = nil
if allow, ok := adapter.(TableAllowCellSelection); ok { if allow, ok := adapter.(TableAllowCellSelection); ok {
@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ func (table *tableViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
} }
vAlignCss := enumProperties[TableVerticalAlign].cssValues vAlignCss := enumProperties[TableVerticalAlign].cssValues
vAlignValue := GetTableVerticalAlign(table, "") vAlignValue := GetTableVerticalAlign(table)
if vAlignValue < 0 || vAlignValue >= len(vAlignCss) { if vAlignValue < 0 || vAlignValue >= len(vAlignCss) {
vAlignValue = 0 vAlignValue = 0
} }
@ -1109,8 +1109,8 @@ func (table *tableViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
buffer.WriteString("</colgroup>") buffer.WriteString("</colgroup>")
} }
headHeight := GetTableHeadHeight(table, "") headHeight := GetTableHeadHeight(table)
footHeight := GetTableFootHeight(table, "") footHeight := GetTableFootHeight(table)
cellBorder := table.getCellBorder() cellBorder := table.getCellBorder()
cellPadding := table.boundsProperty(CellPadding) cellPadding := table.boundsProperty(CellPadding)
if cellPadding == nil { if cellPadding == nil {

112
tableViewUtils.go
View File

@ -24,10 +24,10 @@ func (cell *tableCellView) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) {
} }
// GetTableContent returns a TableAdapter which defines the TableView content. // GetTableContent returns a TableAdapter which defines the TableView content.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableContent(view View, subviewID string) TableAdapter { func GetTableContent(view View, subviewID ...string) TableAdapter {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ func GetTableContent(view View, subviewID string) TableAdapter {
} }
// GetTableRowStyle returns a TableRowStyle which defines styles of TableView rows. // GetTableRowStyle returns a TableRowStyle which defines styles of TableView rows.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableRowStyle(view View, subviewID string) TableRowStyle { func GetTableRowStyle(view View, subviewID ...string) TableRowStyle {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ func GetTableRowStyle(view View, subviewID string) TableRowStyle {
} }
// GetTableColumnStyle returns a TableColumnStyle which defines styles of TableView columns. // GetTableColumnStyle returns a TableColumnStyle which defines styles of TableView columns.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableColumnStyle(view View, subviewID string) TableColumnStyle { func GetTableColumnStyle(view View, subviewID ...string) TableColumnStyle {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ func GetTableColumnStyle(view View, subviewID string) TableColumnStyle {
} }
// GetTableCellStyle returns a TableCellStyle which defines styles of TableView cells. // GetTableCellStyle returns a TableCellStyle which defines styles of TableView cells.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableCellStyle(view View, subviewID string) TableCellStyle { func GetTableCellStyle(view View, subviewID ...string) TableCellStyle {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -89,27 +89,27 @@ func GetTableCellStyle(view View, subviewID string) TableCellStyle {
// GetTableSelectionMode returns the mode of the TableView elements selection. // GetTableSelectionMode returns the mode of the TableView elements selection.
// Valid values are NoneSelection (0), CellSelection (1), and RowSelection (2). // Valid values are NoneSelection (0), CellSelection (1), and RowSelection (2).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableSelectionMode(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTableSelectionMode(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, SelectionMode, NoneSelection, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, SelectionMode, NoneSelection, false)
} }
// GetTableVerticalAlign returns a vertical align in a TavleView cell. Returns one of next values: // GetTableVerticalAlign returns a vertical align in a TavleView cell. Returns one of next values:
// TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), and BaselineAlign (3) // TopAlign (0), BottomAlign (1), CenterAlign (2), and BaselineAlign (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTableVerticalAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TableVerticalAlign, TopAlign, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TableVerticalAlign, TopAlign, false)
} }
// GetTableHeadHeight returns the number of rows in the table header. // GetTableHeadHeight returns the number of rows in the table header.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableHeadHeight(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTableHeadHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, HeadHeight, 0) return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, HeadHeight, 0)
} }
// GetTableFootHeight returns the number of rows in the table footer. // GetTableFootHeight returns the number of rows in the table footer.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableFootHeight(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTableFootHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, FootHeight, 0) return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, FootHeight, 0)
} }
@ -117,14 +117,14 @@ func GetTableFootHeight(view View, subviewID string) int {
// If there is no selected cell/row or the selection mode is NoneSelection (0), // If there is no selected cell/row or the selection mode is NoneSelection (0),
// then a value of the row and column index less than 0 is returned. // then a value of the row and column index less than 0 is returned.
// If the selection mode is RowSelection (2) then the returned column index is less than 0. // If the selection mode is RowSelection (2) then the returned column index is less than 0.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableCurrent(view View, subviewID string) CellIndex { func GetTableCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) CellIndex {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if selectionMode := GetTableSelectionMode(view, ""); selectionMode != NoneSelection { if selectionMode := GetTableSelectionMode(view); selectionMode != NoneSelection {
if tableView, ok := view.(TableView); ok { if tableView, ok := view.(TableView); ok {
return tableView.getCurrent() return tableView.getCurrent()
} }
@ -135,10 +135,10 @@ func GetTableCurrent(view View, subviewID string) CellIndex {
// GetTableCellClickedListeners returns listeners of event which occurs when the user clicks on a table cell. // GetTableCellClickedListeners returns listeners of event which occurs when the user clicks on a table cell.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableCellClickedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(TableView, int, int) { func GetTableCellClickedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(TableView, int, int) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(TableCellClickedEvent); value != nil { if value := view.Get(TableCellClickedEvent); value != nil {
@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ func GetTableCellClickedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(TableView,
// GetTableCellSelectedListeners returns listeners of event which occurs when a table cell becomes selected. // GetTableCellSelectedListeners returns listeners of event which occurs when a table cell becomes selected.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableCellSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(TableView, int, int) { func GetTableCellSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(TableView, int, int) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(TableCellSelectedEvent); value != nil { if value := view.Get(TableCellSelectedEvent); value != nil {
@ -169,43 +169,23 @@ func GetTableCellSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(TableView
// GetTableRowClickedListeners returns listeners of event which occurs when the user clicks on a table row. // GetTableRowClickedListeners returns listeners of event which occurs when the user clicks on a table row.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableRowClickedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(TableView, int) { func GetTableRowClickedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(TableView, int) {
if subviewID != "" { return getEventListeners[TableView, int](view, subviewID, TableRowClickedEvent)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(TableRowClickedEvent); value != nil {
if result, ok := value.([]func(TableView, int)); ok {
return result
}
}
}
return []func(TableView, int){}
} }
// GetTableRowSelectedListeners returns listeners of event which occurs when a table row becomes selected. // GetTableRowSelectedListeners returns listeners of event which occurs when a table row becomes selected.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTableRowSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(TableView, int) { func GetTableRowSelectedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(TableView, int) {
if subviewID != "" { return getEventListeners[TableView, int](view, subviewID, TableRowSelectedEvent)
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID)
}
if view != nil {
if value := view.Get(TableRowSelectedEvent); value != nil {
if result, ok := value.([]func(TableView, int)); ok {
return result
}
}
}
return []func(TableView, int){}
} }
// ReloadTableViewData updates TableView // ReloadTableViewData updates TableView
func ReloadTableViewData(view View, subviewID string) bool { func ReloadTableViewData(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
var tableView TableView var tableView TableView
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
if tableView = TableViewByID(view, subviewID); tableView == nil { if tableView = TableViewByID(view, subviewID[0]); tableView == nil {
return false return false
} }
} else { } else {

4
tabsLayout.go
View File

@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ func (tabsLayout *tabsLayoutData) ListItem(index int, session Session) View {
if !ok || title == "" { if !ok || title == "" {
title = "No title" title = "No title"
} }
if !GetNotTranslate(tabsLayout, "") { if !GetNotTranslate(tabsLayout) {
title, _ = tabsLayout.Session().GetString(title) title, _ = tabsLayout.Session().GetString(title)
} }
@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ func (tabsLayout *tabsLayoutData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builde
inactiveStyle := tabsLayout.inactiveTabStyle() inactiveStyle := tabsLayout.inactiveTabStyle()
activeStyle := tabsLayout.activeTabStyle() activeStyle := tabsLayout.activeTabStyle()
notTranslate := GetNotTranslate(tabsLayout, "") notTranslate := GetNotTranslate(tabsLayout)
closeButton, _ := boolProperty(tabsLayout, TabCloseButton, tabsLayout.session) closeButton, _ := boolProperty(tabsLayout, TabCloseButton, tabsLayout.session)
var tabStyle, titleDiv string var tabStyle, titleDiv string

6
textView.go
View File

@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ func textToJS(text string) string {
func (textView *textViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (textView *textViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if value := textView.getRaw(Text); value != nil { if value := textView.getRaw(Text); value != nil {
if text, ok := value.(string); ok { if text, ok := value.(string); ok {
if !GetNotTranslate(textView, "") { if !GetNotTranslate(textView) {
text, _ = textView.session.GetString(text) text, _ = textView.session.GetString(text)
} }
buffer.WriteString(textToJS(text)) buffer.WriteString(textToJS(text))
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ func (textView *textViewData) htmlSubviews(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
// GetTextOverflow returns a value of the "text-overflow" property: // GetTextOverflow returns a value of the "text-overflow" property:
// TextOverflowClip (0) or TextOverflowEllipsis (1). // TextOverflowClip (0) or TextOverflowEllipsis (1).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextOverflow(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTextOverflow(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextOverflow, SingleLineText, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextOverflow, SingleLineText, false)
} }

46
timePicker.go
View File

@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ func (picker *timePickerData) remove(tag string) {
case TimePickerValue: case TimePickerValue:
if _, ok := picker.properties[TimePickerValue]; ok { if _, ok := picker.properties[TimePickerValue]; ok {
delete(picker.properties, TimePickerValue) delete(picker.properties, TimePickerValue)
time := GetTimePickerValue(picker, "") time := GetTimePickerValue(picker)
if picker.created { if picker.created {
picker.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%s')`, picker.htmlID(), time.Format(timeFormat))) picker.session.runScript(fmt.Sprintf(`setInputValue('%s', '%s')`, picker.htmlID(), time.Format(timeFormat)))
} }
@ -192,9 +192,9 @@ func (picker *timePickerData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
} }
case TimePickerStep: case TimePickerStep:
oldStep := GetTimePickerStep(picker, "") oldStep := GetTimePickerStep(picker)
if picker.setIntProperty(TimePickerStep, value) { if picker.setIntProperty(TimePickerStep, value) {
if step := GetTimePickerStep(picker, ""); oldStep != step { if step := GetTimePickerStep(picker); oldStep != step {
if picker.created { if picker.created {
if step > 0 { if step > 0 {
updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Step, strconv.Itoa(step), picker.session) updateProperty(picker.htmlID(), Step, strconv.Itoa(step), picker.session)
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ func (picker *timePickerData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
} }
case TimePickerValue: case TimePickerValue:
oldTime := GetTimePickerValue(picker, "") oldTime := GetTimePickerValue(picker)
if time, ok := setTimeValue(TimePickerValue); ok { if time, ok := setTimeValue(TimePickerValue); ok {
if time != oldTime { if time != oldTime {
if picker.created { if picker.created {
@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ func (picker *timePickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder)
} }
buffer.WriteString(` value="`) buffer.WriteString(` value="`)
buffer.WriteString(GetTimePickerValue(picker, "").Format(timeFormat)) buffer.WriteString(GetTimePickerValue(picker).Format(timeFormat))
buffer.WriteByte('"') buffer.WriteByte('"')
buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`) buffer.WriteString(` oninput="editViewInputEvent(this)"`)
@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ func (picker *timePickerData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder)
} }
func (picker *timePickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (picker *timePickerData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if IsDisabled(self, "") { if IsDisabled(self) {
buffer.WriteString(` disabled`) buffer.WriteString(` disabled`)
} }
picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer) picker.viewData.htmlDisabledProperties(self, buffer)
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ func (picker *timePickerData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data Data
case "textChanged": case "textChanged":
if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok { if text, ok := data.PropertyValue("text"); ok {
if value, err := time.Parse(timeFormat, text); err == nil { if value, err := time.Parse(timeFormat, text); err == nil {
oldValue := GetTimePickerValue(picker, "") oldValue := GetTimePickerValue(picker)
picker.properties[TimePickerValue] = value picker.properties[TimePickerValue] = value
if value != oldValue { if value != oldValue {
for _, listener := range picker.timeChangedListeners { for _, listener := range picker.timeChangedListeners {
@ -353,10 +353,10 @@ func getTimeProperty(view View, mainTag, shortTag string) (time.Time, bool) {
// GetTimePickerMin returns the min time of TimePicker subview and "true" as the second value if the min time is set, // GetTimePickerMin returns the min time of TimePicker subview and "true" as the second value if the min time is set,
// "false" as the second value otherwise. // "false" as the second value otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTimePickerMin(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) { func GetTimePickerMin(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
return getTimeProperty(view, TimePickerMin, Min) return getTimeProperty(view, TimePickerMin, Min)
@ -366,10 +366,10 @@ func GetTimePickerMin(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) {
// GetTimePickerMax returns the max time of TimePicker subview and "true" as the second value if the min time is set, // GetTimePickerMax returns the max time of TimePicker subview and "true" as the second value if the min time is set,
// "false" as the second value otherwise. // "false" as the second value otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTimePickerMax(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) { func GetTimePickerMax(view View, subviewID ...string) (time.Time, bool) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
return getTimeProperty(view, TimePickerMax, Max) return getTimeProperty(view, TimePickerMax, Max)
@ -378,16 +378,16 @@ func GetTimePickerMax(view View, subviewID string) (time.Time, bool) {
} }
// GetTimePickerStep returns the time changing step in seconds of TimePicker subview. // GetTimePickerStep returns the time changing step in seconds of TimePicker subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTimePickerStep(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTimePickerStep(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TimePickerStep, 60) return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TimePickerStep, 60)
} }
// GetTimePickerValue returns the time of TimePicker subview. // GetTimePickerValue returns the time of TimePicker subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTimePickerValue(view View, subviewID string) time.Time { func GetTimePickerValue(view View, subviewID ...string) time.Time {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return time.Now() return time.Now()
@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ func GetTimePickerValue(view View, subviewID string) time.Time {
// GetTimeChangedListeners returns the TimeChangedListener list of an TimePicker subview. // GetTimeChangedListeners returns the TimeChangedListener list of an TimePicker subview.
// If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned // If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTimeChangedListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(TimePicker, time.Time) { func GetTimeChangedListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(TimePicker, time.Time) {
return getEventListeners[TimePicker, time.Time](view, subviewID, TimeChangedEvent) return getEventListeners[TimePicker, time.Time](view, subviewID, TimeChangedEvent)
} }

18
touchEvents.go
View File

@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ func (event *TouchEvent) init(data DataObject) {
} }
func handleTouchEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) { func handleTouchEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) {
listeners := getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, "", tag) listeners := getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, nil, tag)
if len(listeners) == 0 { if len(listeners) == 0 {
return return
} }
@ -184,25 +184,25 @@ func handleTouchEvents(view View, tag string, data DataObject) {
} }
// GetTouchStartListeners returns the "touch-start" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetTouchStartListeners returns the "touch-start" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTouchStartListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) { func GetTouchStartListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, subviewID, TouchStart) return getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, subviewID, TouchStart)
} }
// GetTouchEndListeners returns the "touch-end" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetTouchEndListeners returns the "touch-end" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTouchEndListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) { func GetTouchEndListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, subviewID, TouchEnd) return getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, subviewID, TouchEnd)
} }
// GetTouchMoveListeners returns the "touch-move" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetTouchMoveListeners returns the "touch-move" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTouchMoveListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) { func GetTouchMoveListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, subviewID, TouchMove) return getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, subviewID, TouchMove)
} }
// GetTouchCancelListeners returns the "touch-cancel" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned. // GetTouchCancelListeners returns the "touch-cancel" listener list. If there are no listeners then the empty list is returned.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTouchCancelListeners(view View, subviewID string) []func(View, TouchEvent) { func GetTouchCancelListeners(view View, subviewID ...string) []func(View, TouchEvent) {
return getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, subviewID, TouchCancel) return getEventListeners[View, TouchEvent](view, subviewID, TouchCancel)
} }

28
view.go
View File

@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ func (view *viewData) remove(tag string) {
case Style, StyleDisabled: case Style, StyleDisabled:
if _, ok := view.properties[tag]; ok { if _, ok := view.properties[tag]; ok {
delete(view.properties, tag) delete(view.properties, tag)
updateProperty(view.htmlID(), "class", view.htmlClass(IsDisabled(view, "")), view.session) updateProperty(view.htmlID(), "class", view.htmlClass(IsDisabled(view)), view.session)
} }
case FocusEvent, LostFocusEvent: case FocusEvent, LostFocusEvent:
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ func (view *viewData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
} }
view.properties[tag] = text view.properties[tag] = text
if view.created { if view.created {
updateProperty(view.htmlID(), "class", view.htmlClass(IsDisabled(view, "")), view.session) updateProperty(view.htmlID(), "class", view.htmlClass(IsDisabled(view)), view.session)
} }
case FocusEvent, LostFocusEvent: case FocusEvent, LostFocusEvent:
@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ func viewPropertyChanged(view *viewData, tag string) {
return return
case Visibility: case Visibility:
switch GetVisibility(view, "") { switch GetVisibility(view) {
case Invisible: case Invisible:
updateCSSProperty(htmlID, Visibility, "hidden", session) updateCSSProperty(htmlID, Visibility, "hidden", session)
updateCSSProperty(htmlID, "display", "", session) updateCSSProperty(htmlID, "display", "", session)
@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ func viewPropertyChanged(view *viewData, tag string) {
return return
case Outline, OutlineColor, OutlineStyle, OutlineWidth: case Outline, OutlineColor, OutlineStyle, OutlineWidth:
updateCSSProperty(htmlID, Outline, GetOutline(view, "").cssString(), session) updateCSSProperty(htmlID, Outline, GetOutline(view).cssString(), session)
return return
case Shadow: case Shadow:
@ -463,19 +463,19 @@ func viewPropertyChanged(view *viewData, tag string) {
RadiusTopRight, RadiusTopRightX, RadiusTopRightY, RadiusTopRight, RadiusTopRightX, RadiusTopRightY,
RadiusBottomLeft, RadiusBottomLeftX, RadiusBottomLeftY, RadiusBottomLeft, RadiusBottomLeftX, RadiusBottomLeftY,
RadiusBottomRight, RadiusBottomRightX, RadiusBottomRightY: RadiusBottomRight, RadiusBottomRightX, RadiusBottomRightY:
radius := GetRadius(view, "") radius := GetRadius(view)
updateCSSProperty(htmlID, "border-radius", radius.cssString(), session) updateCSSProperty(htmlID, "border-radius", radius.cssString(), session)
return return
case Margin, MarginTop, MarginRight, MarginBottom, MarginLeft, case Margin, MarginTop, MarginRight, MarginBottom, MarginLeft,
"top-margin", "right-margin", "bottom-margin", "left-margin": "top-margin", "right-margin", "bottom-margin", "left-margin":
margin := GetMargin(view, "") margin := GetMargin(view)
updateCSSProperty(htmlID, Margin, margin.cssString(), session) updateCSSProperty(htmlID, Margin, margin.cssString(), session)
return return
case Padding, PaddingTop, PaddingRight, PaddingBottom, PaddingLeft, case Padding, PaddingTop, PaddingRight, PaddingBottom, PaddingLeft,
"top-padding", "right-padding", "bottom-padding", "left-padding": "top-padding", "right-padding", "bottom-padding", "left-padding":
padding := GetPadding(view, "") padding := GetPadding(view)
updateCSSProperty(htmlID, Padding, padding.cssString(), session) updateCSSProperty(htmlID, Padding, padding.cssString(), session)
return return
@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ func (view *viewData) get(tag string) any {
} }
func (view *viewData) htmlTag() string { func (view *viewData) htmlTag() string {
if semantics := GetSemantics(view, ""); semantics > DefaultSemantics { if semantics := GetSemantics(view); semantics > DefaultSemantics {
values := enumProperties[Semantics].cssValues values := enumProperties[Semantics].cssValues
if semantics < len(values) { if semantics < len(values) {
return values[semantics] return values[semantics]
@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ func (view *viewData) addToCSSStyle(addCSS map[string]string) {
func (view *viewData) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) { func (view *viewData) cssStyle(self View, builder cssBuilder) {
view.viewStyle.cssViewStyle(builder, view.session) view.viewStyle.cssViewStyle(builder, view.session)
switch GetVisibility(view, "") { switch GetVisibility(view) {
case Invisible: case Invisible:
builder.add(`visibility`, `hidden`) builder.add(`visibility`, `hidden`)
@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ func (view *viewData) htmlProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
} }
func (view *viewData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) { func (view *viewData) htmlDisabledProperties(self View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
if IsDisabled(self, "") { if IsDisabled(self) {
buffer.WriteString(` data-disabled="1"`) buffer.WriteString(` data-disabled="1"`)
} else { } else {
buffer.WriteString(` data-disabled="0"`) buffer.WriteString(` data-disabled="0"`)
@ -748,7 +748,7 @@ func viewHTML(view View, buffer *strings.Builder) {
buffer.WriteString(view.htmlID()) buffer.WriteString(view.htmlID())
buffer.WriteRune('"') buffer.WriteRune('"')
disabled := IsDisabled(view, "") disabled := IsDisabled(view)
if cls := view.htmlClass(disabled); cls != "" { if cls := view.htmlClass(disabled); cls != "" {
buffer.WriteString(` class="`) buffer.WriteString(` class="`)
@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ func (view *viewData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data DataObject)
switch command { switch command {
case KeyDownEvent, KeyUpEvent: case KeyDownEvent, KeyUpEvent:
if !IsDisabled(self, "") { if !IsDisabled(self) {
handleKeyEvents(self, command, data) handleKeyEvents(self, command, data)
} }
@ -840,13 +840,13 @@ func (view *viewData) handleCommand(self View, command string, data DataObject)
case FocusEvent: case FocusEvent:
view.hasFocus = true view.hasFocus = true
for _, listener := range getFocusListeners(view, "", command) { for _, listener := range getFocusListeners(view, nil, command) {
listener(self) listener(self)
} }
case LostFocusEvent: case LostFocusEvent:
view.hasFocus = false view.hasFocus = false
for _, listener := range getFocusListeners(view, "", command) { for _, listener := range getFocusListeners(view, nil, command) {
listener(self) listener(self)
} }

16
viewClip.go
View File

@ -558,10 +558,10 @@ func getClipShape(prop Properties, tag string, session Session) ClipShape {
} }
// GetClip returns a View clipping area. // GetClip returns a View clipping area.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetClip(view View, subviewID string) ClipShape { func GetClip(view View, subviewID ...string) ClipShape {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
return getClipShape(view, Clip, view.Session()) return getClipShape(view, Clip, view.Session())
@ -571,10 +571,10 @@ func GetClip(view View, subviewID string) ClipShape {
} }
// GetShapeOutside returns a shape around which adjacent inline content. // GetShapeOutside returns a shape around which adjacent inline content.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetShapeOutside(view View, subviewID string) ClipShape { func GetShapeOutside(view View, subviewID ...string) ClipShape {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
return getClipShape(view, ShapeOutside, view.Session()) return getClipShape(view, ShapeOutside, view.Session())

28
viewFilter.go
View File

@ -259,34 +259,46 @@ func (style *viewStyle) setFilter(tag string, value any) bool {
} }
// GetFilter returns a View graphical effects like blur or color shift. // GetFilter returns a View graphical effects like blur or color shift.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetFilter(view View, subviewID string) ViewFilter { func GetFilter(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewFilter {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.getRaw(Filter); value != nil { if value := view.getRaw(Filter); value != nil {
if filter, ok := value.(ViewFilter); ok { if filter, ok := value.(ViewFilter); ok {
return filter return filter
} }
} }
if value := valueFromStyle(view, Filter); value != nil {
if filter, ok := value.(ViewFilter); ok {
return filter
}
}
} }
return nil return nil
} }
// GetBackdropFilter returns the area behind a View graphical effects like blur or color shift. // GetBackdropFilter returns the area behind a View graphical effects like blur or color shift.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetBackdropFilter(view View, subviewID string) ViewFilter { func GetBackdropFilter(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewFilter {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value := view.getRaw(BackdropFilter); value != nil { if value := view.getRaw(BackdropFilter); value != nil {
if filter, ok := value.(ViewFilter); ok { if filter, ok := value.(ViewFilter); ok {
return filter return filter
} }
} }
if value := valueFromStyle(view, BackdropFilter); value != nil {
if filter, ok := value.(ViewFilter); ok {
return filter
}
}
} }
return nil return nil

4
viewTransform.go
View File

@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ func (view *viewData) updateTransformProperty(tag string) bool {
case PerspectiveOriginX, PerspectiveOriginY: case PerspectiveOriginX, PerspectiveOriginY:
if getTransform3D(view, session) { if getTransform3D(view, session) {
x, y := GetPerspectiveOrigin(view, "") x, y := GetPerspectiveOrigin(view)
value := "" value := ""
if x.Type != Auto || y.Type != Auto { if x.Type != Auto || y.Type != Auto {
value = x.cssString("50%") + " " + y.cssString("50%") value = x.cssString("50%") + " " + y.cssString("50%")
@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ func (view *viewData) updateTransformProperty(tag string) bool {
case BackfaceVisible: case BackfaceVisible:
if getTransform3D(view, session) { if getTransform3D(view, session) {
if GetBackfaceVisible(view, "") { if GetBackfaceVisible(view) {
updateCSSProperty(htmlID, BackfaceVisible, "visible", session) updateCSSProperty(htmlID, BackfaceVisible, "visible", session)
} else { } else {
updateCSSProperty(htmlID, BackfaceVisible, "hidden", session) updateCSSProperty(htmlID, BackfaceVisible, "hidden", session)

399
viewUtils.go
View File

@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ func Set(rootView View, viewID, tag string, value any) bool {
} }
// SetChangeListener sets a listener for changing a subview property value. // SetChangeListener sets a listener for changing a subview property value.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a listener for the first argument (view) is set // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a listener for the first argument (view) is set
func SetChangeListener(view View, viewID, tag string, listener func(View, string)) { func SetChangeListener(view View, viewID, tag string, listener func(View, string)) {
if viewID != "" { if viewID != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, viewID) view = ViewByID(view, viewID)
@ -65,17 +65,17 @@ func SetParams(rootView View, viewID string, params Params) bool {
} }
// IsDisabled returns "true" if the subview is disabled // IsDisabled returns "true" if the subview is disabled
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a state of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a state of the first argument (view) is returned
func IsDisabled(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsDisabled(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if disabled, _ := boolProperty(view, Disabled, view.Session()); disabled { if disabled, _ := boolProperty(view, Disabled, view.Session()); disabled {
return true return true
} }
if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil { if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil {
return IsDisabled(parent, "") return IsDisabled(parent)
} }
} }
return false return false
@ -86,22 +86,22 @@ func IsDisabled(view View, subviewID string) bool {
// HeaderSemantics (4), MainSemantics (5), FooterSemantics (6), NavigationSemantics (7), // HeaderSemantics (4), MainSemantics (5), FooterSemantics (6), NavigationSemantics (7),
// FigureSemantics (8), FigureCaptionSemantics (9), ButtonSemantics (10), ParagraphSemantics (11), // FigureSemantics (8), FigureCaptionSemantics (9), ButtonSemantics (10), ParagraphSemantics (11),
// H1Semantics (12) - H6Semantics (17), BlockquoteSemantics (18), and CodeSemantics (19). // H1Semantics (12) - H6Semantics (17), BlockquoteSemantics (18), and CodeSemantics (19).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a semantics of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a semantics of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetSemantics(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetSemantics(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Semantics, DefaultSemantics, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Semantics, DefaultSemantics, false)
} }
// GetOpacity returns the subview opacity. // GetOpacity returns the subview opacity.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then an opacity of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then an opacity of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetOpacity(view View, subviewID string) float64 { func GetOpacity(view View, subviewID ...string) float64 {
return floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Opacity, 1) return floatStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Opacity, 1)
} }
// GetStyle returns the subview style id. // GetStyle returns the subview style id.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a style of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a style of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetStyle(view View, subviewID string) string { func GetStyle(view View, subviewID ...string) string {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if style, ok := stringProperty(view, Style, view.Session()); ok { if style, ok := stringProperty(view, Style, view.Session()); ok {
@ -112,10 +112,10 @@ func GetStyle(view View, subviewID string) string {
} }
// GetDisabledStyle returns the disabled subview style id. // GetDisabledStyle returns the disabled subview style id.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a style of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a style of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetDisabledStyle(view View, subviewID string) string { func GetDisabledStyle(view View, subviewID ...string) string {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if style, ok := stringProperty(view, StyleDisabled, view.Session()); ok { if style, ok := stringProperty(view, StyleDisabled, view.Session()); ok {
@ -127,19 +127,19 @@ func GetDisabledStyle(view View, subviewID string) string {
// GetVisibility returns the subview visibility. One of the following values is returned: // GetVisibility returns the subview visibility. One of the following values is returned:
// Visible (0), Invisible (1), or Gone (2) // Visible (0), Invisible (1), or Gone (2)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a visibility of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a visibility of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetVisibility(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetVisibility(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Visibility, Visible, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Visibility, Visible, false)
} }
// GetOverflow returns a value of the subview "overflow" property. Returns one of next values: // GetOverflow returns a value of the subview "overflow" property. Returns one of next values:
// OverflowHidden (0), OverflowVisible (1), OverflowScroll (2), OverflowAuto (3) // OverflowHidden (0), OverflowVisible (1), OverflowScroll (2), OverflowAuto (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetOverflow(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetOverflow(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
defaultOverflow := OverflowHidden defaultOverflow := OverflowHidden
view2 := view view2 := view
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view2 = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view2 = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view2 != nil { if view2 != nil {
switch view.(type) { switch view.(type) {
@ -154,87 +154,87 @@ func GetOverflow(view View, subviewID string) int {
} }
// GetZIndex returns the subview z-order. // GetZIndex returns the subview z-order.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a z-order of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a z-order of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetZIndex(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetZIndex(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ZIndex, 0) return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, ZIndex, 0)
} }
// GetWidth returns the subview width. // GetWidth returns the subview width.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a width of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a width of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Width, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Width, false)
} }
// GetHeight returns the subview height. // GetHeight returns the subview height.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a height of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a height of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Height, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Height, false)
} }
// GetMinWidth returns a minimal subview width. // GetMinWidth returns a minimal subview width.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a minimal width of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a minimal width of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetMinWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetMinWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MinWidth, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MinWidth, false)
} }
// GetMinHeight returns a minimal subview height. // GetMinHeight returns a minimal subview height.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a minimal height of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a minimal height of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetMinHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetMinHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MinHeight, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MinHeight, false)
} }
// GetMaxWidth returns a maximal subview width. // GetMaxWidth returns a maximal subview width.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a maximal width of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a maximal width of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetMaxWidth(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetMaxWidth(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MaxWidth, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MaxWidth, false)
} }
// GetMaxHeight returns a maximal subview height. // GetMaxHeight returns a maximal subview height.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a maximal height of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a maximal height of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetMaxHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetMaxHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MaxHeight, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, MaxHeight, false)
} }
// GetResize returns the "resize" property value if the subview. One of the following values is returned: // GetResize returns the "resize" property value if the subview. One of the following values is returned:
// NoneResize (0), BothResize (1), HorizontalResize (2), or VerticalResize (3) // NoneResize (0), BothResize (1), HorizontalResize (2), or VerticalResize (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetResize(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetResize(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Resize, NoneResize, false) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Resize, NoneResize, false)
} }
// GetLeft returns a left position of the subview in an AbsoluteLayout container. // GetLeft returns a left position of the subview in an AbsoluteLayout container.
// If a parent view is not an AbsoluteLayout container then this value is ignored. // If a parent view is not an AbsoluteLayout container then this value is ignored.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a left position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetLeft(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetLeft(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Left, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Left, false)
} }
// GetRight returns a right position of the subview in an AbsoluteLayout container. // GetRight returns a right position of the subview in an AbsoluteLayout container.
// If a parent view is not an AbsoluteLayout container then this value is ignored. // If a parent view is not an AbsoluteLayout container then this value is ignored.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a right position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a right position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetRight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetRight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Right, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Right, false)
} }
// GetTop returns a top position of the subview in an AbsoluteLayout container. // GetTop returns a top position of the subview in an AbsoluteLayout container.
// If a parent view is not an AbsoluteLayout container then this value is ignored. // If a parent view is not an AbsoluteLayout container then this value is ignored.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetTop(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetTop(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Top, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Top, false)
} }
// GetBottom returns a top position of the subview in an AbsoluteLayout container. // GetBottom returns a top position of the subview in an AbsoluteLayout container.
// If a parent view is not an AbsoluteLayout container then this value is ignored. // If a parent view is not an AbsoluteLayout container then this value is ignored.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a bottom position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a bottom position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetBottom(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetBottom(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Bottom, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Bottom, false)
} }
// Margin returns the subview margin. // Margin returns the subview margin.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a margin of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a margin of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetMargin(view View, subviewID string) Bounds { func GetMargin(view View, subviewID ...string) Bounds {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
var bounds Bounds var bounds Bounds
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -244,10 +244,10 @@ func GetMargin(view View, subviewID string) Bounds {
} }
// GetPadding returns the subview padding. // GetPadding returns the subview padding.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a padding of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a padding of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetPadding(view View, subviewID string) Bounds { func GetPadding(view View, subviewID ...string) Bounds {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
var bounds Bounds var bounds Bounds
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -257,10 +257,10 @@ func GetPadding(view View, subviewID string) Bounds {
} }
// GetBorder returns ViewBorders of the subview. // GetBorder returns ViewBorders of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a ViewBorders of the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a ViewBorders of the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetBorder(view View, subviewID string) ViewBorders { func GetBorder(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewBorders {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if border := getBorder(view, Border); border != nil { if border := getBorder(view, Border); border != nil {
@ -271,10 +271,10 @@ func GetBorder(view View, subviewID string) ViewBorders {
} }
// Radius returns the BoxRadius structure of the subview. // Radius returns the BoxRadius structure of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a BoxRadius of the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a BoxRadius of the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetRadius(view View, subviewID string) BoxRadius { func GetRadius(view View, subviewID ...string) BoxRadius {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return BoxRadius{} return BoxRadius{}
@ -283,10 +283,10 @@ func GetRadius(view View, subviewID string) BoxRadius {
} }
// GetOutline returns ViewOutline of the subview. // GetOutline returns ViewOutline of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a ViewOutline of the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a ViewOutline of the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetOutline(view View, subviewID string) ViewOutline { func GetOutline(view View, subviewID ...string) ViewOutline {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if outline := getOutline(view); outline != nil { if outline := getOutline(view); outline != nil {
@ -297,10 +297,10 @@ func GetOutline(view View, subviewID string) ViewOutline {
} }
// GetViewShadows returns shadows of the subview. // GetViewShadows returns shadows of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then shadows of the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then shadows of the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetViewShadows(view View, subviewID string) []ViewShadow { func GetViewShadows(view View, subviewID ...string) []ViewShadow {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return []ViewShadow{} return []ViewShadow{}
@ -309,10 +309,10 @@ func GetViewShadows(view View, subviewID string) []ViewShadow {
} }
// GetTextShadows returns text shadows of the subview. // GetTextShadows returns text shadows of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then shadows of the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then shadows of the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextShadows(view View, subviewID string) []ViewShadow { func GetTextShadows(view View, subviewID ...string) []ViewShadow {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return []ViewShadow{} return []ViewShadow{}
@ -321,22 +321,22 @@ func GetTextShadows(view View, subviewID string) []ViewShadow {
} }
// GetBackgroundColor returns a background color of the subview. // GetBackgroundColor returns a background color of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetBackgroundColor(view View, subviewID string) Color { func GetBackgroundColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color {
return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, BackgroundColor, false) return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, BackgroundColor, false)
} }
// GetAccentColor returns the accent color for UI controls generated by some elements. // GetAccentColor returns the accent color for UI controls generated by some elements.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetAccentColor(view View, subviewID string) Color { func GetAccentColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color {
return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, AccentColor, false) return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, AccentColor, false)
} }
// GetFontName returns the subview font. // GetFontName returns the subview font.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetFontName(view View, subviewID string) string { func GetFontName(view View, subviewID ...string) string {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if font, ok := stringProperty(view, FontName, view.Session()); ok { if font, ok := stringProperty(view, FontName, view.Session()); ok {
@ -348,34 +348,34 @@ func GetFontName(view View, subviewID string) string {
} }
} }
if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil { if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil {
return GetFontName(parent, "") return GetFontName(parent)
} }
} }
return "" return ""
} }
// GetTextColor returns a text color of the subview. // GetTextColor returns a text color of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextColor(view View, subviewID string) Color { func GetTextColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color {
return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextColor, true) return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextColor, true)
} }
// GetTextSize returns a text size of the subview. // GetTextSize returns a text size of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextSize(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetTextSize(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextSize, true) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextSize, true)
} }
// GetTabSize returns the subview width of tab characters (U+0009) in spaces. // GetTabSize returns the subview width of tab characters (U+0009) in spaces.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a width of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a width of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetTabSize(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTabSize(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TabSize, 8) return intStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TabSize, 8)
} }
// GetTextWeight returns a text weight of the subview. Returns one of next values: // GetTextWeight returns a text weight of the subview. Returns one of next values:
// 1, 2, 3, 4 (normal text), 5, 6, 7 (bold text), 8 and 9 // 1, 2, 3, 4 (normal text), 5, 6, 7 (bold text), 8 and 9
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextWeight(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTextWeight(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextWeight, NormalFont, true) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextWeight, NormalFont, true)
} }
@ -383,105 +383,105 @@ func GetTextWeight(view View, subviewID string) int {
// //
// LeftAlign = 0, RightAlign = 1, CenterAlign = 2, JustifyAlign = 3 // LeftAlign = 0, RightAlign = 1, CenterAlign = 2, JustifyAlign = 3
// //
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextAlign(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTextAlign(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextAlign, LeftAlign, true) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextAlign, LeftAlign, true)
} }
// GetTextIndent returns a text indent of the subview. // GetTextIndent returns a text indent of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextIndent(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetTextIndent(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextIndent, true) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextIndent, true)
} }
// GetLetterSpacing returns a letter spacing of the subview. // GetLetterSpacing returns a letter spacing of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetLetterSpacing(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetLetterSpacing(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, LetterSpacing, true) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, LetterSpacing, true)
} }
// GetWordSpacing returns a word spacing of the subview. // GetWordSpacing returns a word spacing of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetWordSpacing(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetWordSpacing(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, WordSpacing, true) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, WordSpacing, true)
} }
// GetLineHeight returns a height of a text line of the subview. // GetLineHeight returns a height of a text line of the subview.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetLineHeight(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetLineHeight(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, LineHeight, true) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, LineHeight, true)
} }
// IsItalic returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed in italics, "false" otherwise. // IsItalic returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed in italics, "false" otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsItalic(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsItalic(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Italic, true) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Italic, true)
} }
// IsSmallCaps returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed in small caps, "false" otherwise. // IsSmallCaps returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed in small caps, "false" otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsSmallCaps(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsSmallCaps(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, SmallCaps, true) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, SmallCaps, true)
} }
// IsStrikethrough returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed strikethrough, "false" otherwise. // IsStrikethrough returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed strikethrough, "false" otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsStrikethrough(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsStrikethrough(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Strikethrough, true) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Strikethrough, true)
} }
// IsOverline returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed overlined, "false" otherwise. // IsOverline returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed overlined, "false" otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsOverline(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsOverline(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Overline, true) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Overline, true)
} }
// IsUnderline returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed underlined, "false" otherwise. // IsUnderline returns "true" if a text font of the subview is displayed underlined, "false" otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsUnderline(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsUnderline(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Underline, true) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Underline, true)
} }
// GetTextLineThickness returns the stroke thickness of the decoration line that // GetTextLineThickness returns the stroke thickness of the decoration line that
// is used on text in an element, such as a line-through, underline, or overline. // is used on text in an element, such as a line-through, underline, or overline.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextLineThickness(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetTextLineThickness(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextLineThickness, true) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextLineThickness, true)
} }
// GetTextLineStyle returns the stroke style of the decoration line that // GetTextLineStyle returns the stroke style of the decoration line that
// is used on text in an element, such as a line-through, underline, or overline. // is used on text in an element, such as a line-through, underline, or overline.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextLineStyle(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTextLineStyle(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextLineStyle, SolidLine, true) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextLineStyle, SolidLine, true)
} }
// GetTextLineColor returns the stroke color of the decoration line that // GetTextLineColor returns the stroke color of the decoration line that
// is used on text in an element, such as a line-through, underline, or overline. // is used on text in an element, such as a line-through, underline, or overline.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextLineColor(view View, subviewID string) Color { func GetTextLineColor(view View, subviewID ...string) Color {
return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextLineColor, true) return colorStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextLineColor, true)
} }
// GetTextTransform returns a text transform of the subview. Return one of next values: // GetTextTransform returns a text transform of the subview. Return one of next values:
// NoneTextTransform (0), CapitalizeTextTransform (1), LowerCaseTextTransform (2) or UpperCaseTextTransform (3) // NoneTextTransform (0), CapitalizeTextTransform (1), LowerCaseTextTransform (2) or UpperCaseTextTransform (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextTransform(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTextTransform(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextTransform, NoneTextTransform, true) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, TextTransform, NoneTextTransform, true)
} }
// GetWritingMode returns whether lines of text are laid out horizontally or vertically, as well as // GetWritingMode returns whether lines of text are laid out horizontally or vertically, as well as
// the direction in which blocks progress. Valid values are HorizontalTopToBottom (0), // the direction in which blocks progress. Valid values are HorizontalTopToBottom (0),
// HorizontalBottomToTop (1), VerticalRightToLeft (2) and VerticalLeftToRight (3) // HorizontalBottomToTop (1), VerticalRightToLeft (2) and VerticalLeftToRight (3)
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetWritingMode(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetWritingMode(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, WritingMode, HorizontalTopToBottom, true) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, WritingMode, HorizontalTopToBottom, true)
} }
// GetTextDirection - returns a direction of text, table columns, and horizontal overflow. // GetTextDirection - returns a direction of text, table columns, and horizontal overflow.
// Valid values are SystemTextDirection (0), LeftToRightDirection (1), and RightToLeftDirection (2). // Valid values are SystemTextDirection (0), LeftToRightDirection (1), and RightToLeftDirection (2).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTextDirection(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetTextDirection(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return SystemTextDirection return SystemTextDirection
} }
@ -492,16 +492,16 @@ func GetTextDirection(view View, subviewID string) int {
// GetVerticalTextOrientation returns a orientation of the text characters in a line. It only affects text // GetVerticalTextOrientation returns a orientation of the text characters in a line. It only affects text
// in vertical mode (when "writing-mode" is "vertical-right-to-left" or "vertical-left-to-right"). // in vertical mode (when "writing-mode" is "vertical-right-to-left" or "vertical-left-to-right").
// Valid values are MixedTextOrientation (0), UprightTextOrientation (1), and SidewaysTextOrientation (2). // Valid values are MixedTextOrientation (0), UprightTextOrientation (1), and SidewaysTextOrientation (2).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetVerticalTextOrientation(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetVerticalTextOrientation(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, VerticalTextOrientation, MixedTextOrientation, true) return enumStyledProperty(view, subviewID, VerticalTextOrientation, MixedTextOrientation, true)
} }
// GetRow returns the range of row numbers of a GridLayout in which the subview is placed. // GetRow returns the range of row numbers of a GridLayout in which the subview is placed.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a values from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a values from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetRow(view View, subviewID string) Range { func GetRow(view View, subviewID ...string) Range {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
session := view.Session() session := view.Session()
@ -518,10 +518,10 @@ func GetRow(view View, subviewID string) Range {
} }
// GetColumn returns the range of column numbers of a GridLayout in which the subview is placed. // GetColumn returns the range of column numbers of a GridLayout in which the subview is placed.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a values from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a values from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetColumn(view View, subviewID string) Range { func GetColumn(view View, subviewID ...string) Range {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
session := view.Session() session := view.Session()
@ -540,17 +540,17 @@ func GetColumn(view View, subviewID string) Range {
// GetPerspective returns a distance between the z = 0 plane and the user in order to give a 3D-positioned // GetPerspective returns a distance between the z = 0 plane and the user in order to give a 3D-positioned
// element some perspective. Each 3D element with z > 0 becomes larger; each 3D-element with z < 0 becomes smaller. // element some perspective. Each 3D element with z > 0 becomes larger; each 3D-element with z < 0 becomes smaller.
// The default value is 0 (no 3D effects). // The default value is 0 (no 3D effects).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetPerspective(view View, subviewID string) SizeUnit { func GetPerspective(view View, subviewID ...string) SizeUnit {
return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Perspective, false) return sizeStyledProperty(view, subviewID, Perspective, false)
} }
// GetPerspectiveOrigin returns a x- and y-coordinate of the position at which the viewer is looking. // GetPerspectiveOrigin returns a x- and y-coordinate of the position at which the viewer is looking.
// It is used as the vanishing point by the Perspective property. The default value is (50%, 50%). // It is used as the vanishing point by the Perspective property. The default value is (50%, 50%).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetPerspectiveOrigin(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit) { func GetPerspectiveOrigin(view View, subviewID ...string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return AutoSize(), AutoSize() return AutoSize(), AutoSize()
@ -562,17 +562,17 @@ func GetPerspectiveOrigin(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit) {
// visible when turned towards the user. Values: // visible when turned towards the user. Values:
// true - the back face is visible when turned towards the user (default value). // true - the back face is visible when turned towards the user (default value).
// false - the back face is hidden, effectively making the element invisible when turned away from the user. // false - the back face is hidden, effectively making the element invisible when turned away from the user.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetBackfaceVisible(view View, subviewID string) bool { func GetBackfaceVisible(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, BackfaceVisible, false) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, BackfaceVisible, false)
} }
// GetOrigin returns a x-, y-, and z-coordinate of the point around which a view transformation is applied. // GetOrigin returns a x-, y-, and z-coordinate of the point around which a view transformation is applied.
// The default value is (50%, 50%, 50%). // The default value is (50%, 50%, 50%).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetOrigin(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) { func GetOrigin(view View, subviewID ...string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return AutoSize(), AutoSize(), AutoSize() return AutoSize(), AutoSize(), AutoSize()
@ -581,10 +581,10 @@ func GetOrigin(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) {
} }
// GetTranslate returns a x-, y-, and z-axis translation value of a 2D/3D translation // GetTranslate returns a x-, y-, and z-axis translation value of a 2D/3D translation
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetTranslate(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) { func GetTranslate(view View, subviewID ...string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return AutoSize(), AutoSize(), AutoSize() return AutoSize(), AutoSize(), AutoSize()
@ -594,10 +594,10 @@ func GetTranslate(view View, subviewID string) (SizeUnit, SizeUnit, SizeUnit) {
// GetSkew returns a angles to use to distort the element along the abscissa (x-axis) // GetSkew returns a angles to use to distort the element along the abscissa (x-axis)
// and the ordinate (y-axis). The default value is 0. // and the ordinate (y-axis). The default value is 0.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetSkew(view View, subviewID string) (AngleUnit, AngleUnit) { func GetSkew(view View, subviewID ...string) (AngleUnit, AngleUnit) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return AngleUnit{Value: 0, Type: Radian}, AngleUnit{Value: 0, Type: Radian} return AngleUnit{Value: 0, Type: Radian}, AngleUnit{Value: 0, Type: Radian}
@ -607,10 +607,10 @@ func GetSkew(view View, subviewID string) (AngleUnit, AngleUnit) {
} }
// GetScale returns a x-, y-, and z-axis scaling value of a 2D/3D scale. The default value is 1. // GetScale returns a x-, y-, and z-axis scaling value of a 2D/3D scale. The default value is 1.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetScale(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64, float64) { func GetScale(view View, subviewID ...string) (float64, float64, float64) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return 1, 1, 1 return 1, 1, 1
@ -624,10 +624,10 @@ func GetScale(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64, float64) {
} }
// GetRotate returns a x-, y, z-coordinate of the vector denoting the axis of rotation, and the angle of the view rotation // GetRotate returns a x-, y, z-coordinate of the vector denoting the axis of rotation, and the angle of the view rotation
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetRotate(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64, float64, AngleUnit) { func GetRotate(view View, subviewID ...string) (float64, float64, float64, AngleUnit) {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view == nil { if view == nil {
return 0, 0, 0, AngleUnit{Value: 0, Type: Radian} return 0, 0, 0, AngleUnit{Value: 0, Type: Radian}
@ -643,12 +643,12 @@ func GetRotate(view View, subviewID string) (float64, float64, float64, AngleUni
// GetAvoidBreak returns "true" if avoids any break from being inserted within the principal box, // GetAvoidBreak returns "true" if avoids any break from being inserted within the principal box,
// and "false" if allows, but does not force, any break to be inserted within the principal box. // and "false" if allows, but does not force, any break to be inserted within the principal box.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a top position of the first argument (view) is returned
func GetAvoidBreak(view View, subviewID string) bool { func GetAvoidBreak(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, AvoidBreak, true) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, AvoidBreak, true)
} }
func GetNotTranslate(view View, subviewID string) bool { func GetNotTranslate(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, NotTranslate, true) return boolStyledProperty(view, subviewID, NotTranslate, true)
} }
@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ func valueFromStyle(view View, tag string) any {
return nil return nil
} }
if IsDisabled(view, "") { if IsDisabled(view) {
if value := getValue(StyleDisabled); value != nil { if value := getValue(StyleDisabled); value != nil {
return value return value
} }
@ -671,10 +671,11 @@ func valueFromStyle(view View, tag string) any {
return getValue(Style) return getValue(Style)
} }
func sizeStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, inherit bool) SizeUnit { func sizeStyledProperty(view View, subviewID []string, tag string, inherit bool) SizeUnit {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value, ok := sizeProperty(view, tag, view.Session()); ok { if value, ok := sizeProperty(view, tag, view.Session()); ok {
return value return value
@ -687,17 +688,18 @@ func sizeStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, inherit bool) S
if inherit { if inherit {
if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil { if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil {
return sizeStyledProperty(parent, "", tag, true) return sizeStyledProperty(parent, []string{}, tag, true)
} }
} }
} }
return AutoSize() return AutoSize()
} }
func enumStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, defaultValue int, inherit bool) int { func enumStyledProperty(view View, subviewID []string, tag string, defaultValue int, inherit bool) int {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value, ok := enumProperty(view, tag, view.Session(), defaultValue); ok { if value, ok := enumProperty(view, tag, view.Session(), defaultValue); ok {
return value return value
@ -710,16 +712,16 @@ func enumStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, defaultValue in
if inherit { if inherit {
if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil { if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil {
return enumStyledProperty(parent, "", tag, defaultValue, true) return enumStyledProperty(parent, []string{}, tag, defaultValue, true)
} }
} }
} }
return defaultValue return defaultValue
} }
func boolStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, inherit bool) bool { func boolStyledProperty(view View, subviewID []string, tag string, inherit bool) bool {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -734,7 +736,7 @@ func boolStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, inherit bool) b
if inherit { if inherit {
if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil { if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil {
return boolStyledProperty(parent, "", tag, inherit) return boolStyledProperty(parent, []string{}, tag, inherit)
} }
} }
} }
@ -742,10 +744,11 @@ func boolStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, inherit bool) b
return false return false
} }
func intStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, defaultValue int) int { func intStyledProperty(view View, subviewID []string, tag string, defaultValue int) int {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value, ok := intProperty(view, tag, view.Session(), defaultValue); ok { if value, ok := intProperty(view, tag, view.Session(), defaultValue); ok {
return value return value
@ -758,9 +761,9 @@ func intStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, defaultValue int
return defaultValue return defaultValue
} }
func floatStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, defaultValue float64) float64 { func floatStyledProperty(view View, subviewID []string, tag string, defaultValue float64) float64 {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value, ok := floatProperty(view, tag, view.Session(), defaultValue); ok { if value, ok := floatProperty(view, tag, view.Session(), defaultValue); ok {
@ -774,9 +777,9 @@ func floatStyledProperty(view View, subviewID string, tag string, defaultValue f
return defaultValue return defaultValue
} }
func colorStyledProperty(view View, subviewID, tag string, inherit bool) Color { func colorStyledProperty(view View, subviewID []string, tag string, inherit bool) Color {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
if value, ok := colorProperty(view, tag, view.Session()); ok { if value, ok := colorProperty(view, tag, view.Session()); ok {
@ -789,7 +792,7 @@ func colorStyledProperty(view View, subviewID, tag string, inherit bool) Color {
} }
if inherit { if inherit {
if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil { if parent := view.Parent(); parent != nil {
return colorStyledProperty(parent, "", tag, true) return colorStyledProperty(parent, []string{}, tag, true)
} }
} }
} }
@ -827,10 +830,10 @@ func BlurViewByID(viewID string, session Session) {
} }
// GetCurrent returns the index of the selected item (<0 if there is no a selected item) or the current view index (StackLayout, TabsLayout). // GetCurrent returns the index of the selected item (<0 if there is no a selected item) or the current view index (StackLayout, TabsLayout).
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID string) int { func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID ...string) int {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
defaultValue := -1 defaultValue := -1
@ -845,10 +848,10 @@ func GetCurrent(view View, subviewID string) int {
} }
// IsUserSelect returns "true" if the user can select text, "false" otherwise. // IsUserSelect returns "true" if the user can select text, "false" otherwise.
// If the second argument (subviewID) is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned. // If the second argument (subviewID) is not specified or it is "" then a value from the first argument (view) is returned.
func IsUserSelect(view View, subviewID string) bool { func IsUserSelect(view View, subviewID ...string) bool {
if subviewID != "" { if len(subviewID) > 0 && subviewID[0] != "" {
view = ViewByID(view, subviewID) view = ViewByID(view, subviewID[0])
} }
if view != nil { if view != nil {
@ -875,7 +878,7 @@ func isUserSelect(view View) (bool, bool) {
} }
} }
switch GetSemantics(view, "") { switch GetSemantics(view) {
case ParagraphSemantics, H1Semantics, H2Semantics, H3Semantics, H4Semantics, H5Semantics, case ParagraphSemantics, H1Semantics, H2Semantics, H3Semantics, H4Semantics, H5Semantics,
H6Semantics, BlockquoteSemantics, CodeSemantics: H6Semantics, BlockquoteSemantics, CodeSemantics:
return true, false return true, false

4
viewsContainer.go
View File

@ -186,9 +186,9 @@ func (container *viewsContainerData) set(tag string, value any) bool {
// do nothing // do nothing
case Disabled: case Disabled:
oldDisabled := IsDisabled(container, "") oldDisabled := IsDisabled(container)
if container.viewData.Set(Disabled, value) { if container.viewData.Set(Disabled, value) {
disabled := IsDisabled(container, "") disabled := IsDisabled(container)
if oldDisabled != disabled { if oldDisabled != disabled {
if container.views != nil { if container.views != nil {
for _, view := range container.views { for _, view := range container.views {